release 4.7

Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn <shallyn@cisco.com>
github pages takes an index.html
2019-06-13 11:38:49 -05:00 · 2019-06-09 00:02:45 -05:00 · 2019-06-08 23:51:32 -05:00 · 2019-06-04 13:31:08 +02:00 · 2019-05-06 14:26:14 -04:00 · 2019-05-06 14:23:58 -04:00
10447 changed files with 494503 additions and 50236 deletions
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ Makefile.in
 /ABOUT-NLS
 /aclocal.m4
 /autom4te.cache
+/compile
+/config.cache
 /config.guess
 /config.h
 /config.h.in
@@ -44,4 +46,5 @@ Makefile.in
 /po/stamp-po

 /shadow.spec
+/shadow-*.tar.*
 /libmisc/getdate.c
--- a/.travis.yml
+++ b/.travis.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+sudo: false
+
+language: c
+
+compiler:
+  - gcc
+  - clang
+
+addons:
+  apt:
+    packages:
+      - autopoint
+      - xsltproc
+
+script:
+ - ./autogen.sh --without-selinux --disable-man
+ - grep ENABLE_ config.status
+ - make
+
+# vim:et:ts=2:sw=2
--- a/2738
+++ b/2738
--- a/Makefile.am
+++ b/Makefile.am
@@ -2,7 +2,5 @@

 EXTRA_DIST = NEWS README TODO shadow.spec.in

-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 dist-bzip2 foreign
-
 SUBDIRS = po man libmisc lib src \
 	contrib doc etc
--- a/347
+++ b/347
@@ -1,6 +1,207 @@
 $Id$

-shadow-4.1.4.1 -> shadow-4.1.4.2						2009-07-24
+shadow-4.1.5.1 -> shadow-4.2					UNRELEASED
+
+*** general
+  * Handle libc whose crypt() returns NULL when passed a salt that
+    violates specs or system requirements (e.g. FIPS140). This is needed
+    with glibc/eglibc 2.17 for tools checking passwords (passwd (non PAM
+    enabled) or newgrp), and for tools generating encrypted passwords
+    (chgpasswd, chpasswd, or gpasswd when non PAM enabled or when a fixed
+    crypt method is requested on the command line, and newusers, or passwd
+    in their non PAM enabled versions)
+  * Fix segfault when reading groups split on multiple lines. This impacts
+    most user/group management tools when MAX_MEMBERS_PER_GROUP is set.
+
+- su
+  * When su receives a signal (SIGTERM, or SIGINT/SIGQUIT in non
+    interactive mode), kill the child process group, rather than just the 
+    immediate child.
+  * Fix segmentation faults for users without a proper home or shell in
+    their passwd entries.
+
+- login
+  * Fix segmentation faults for users without a proper home or shell in
+    their passwd entries.
+
+*** documentation
+  * Fixed useradd man page (--home-dir option, instead of --home).
+
+*** translation
+  * Updated Russian translation.
+  * Updated German man pages translation.
+  * Fixed gshadow Japanese man page translation.
+
+shadow-4.1.5 -> shadow-4.1.5.1					2012-05-25
+
+- login
+  * Log into utmp(x) when PAM is enabled, but do not log into wtmp.
+    This complete pam_lastlog which logs into wtmp and in into utmp(x).
+- su
+  * non PAM enabled versions: do not fail if su is called without a
+    controlling terminal.
+- userdel
+  * Fix segfault when userdel removes the user's group.
+
+*** documentation
+  * .so links now point to paths relative to the top-level manual hierarchy
+
+*** translation
+  * Updated French man pages translation.
+  * Updated German man pages translation.
+  * Updated Polish man pages translation. (logoutd.8)
+
+shadow-4.1.4.3 -> shadow-4.1.5					2012-02-12
+
+*** security
+  * su -c could be abused by the executed command to invoke commands with
+    the caller privileges. See below. (CVE-2005-4890)
+
+*** general
+  * report usage error to stderr, but report usage help to stdout (and return
+    zero) when explicitly requested (e.g. with --help).
+  * initial support for tcb (http://openwall.com/tcb/) for useradd,
+    userdel, usermod, chage, pwck, vipw.
+  * Added support for ACLs and Extended Attributes in useradd and usermod.
+    Support shall be enabled with the new --with-acl or --with-attr
+    configure options.
+  * Added diagnosis for lock failures.
+  * use libsemanage instead of the semanage tool.
+
+- chage
+  * Add --root option.
+- chfn
+  * Add --root option.
+- chgpasswd
+  * When the gshadow file exists but there are no gshadow entries, an entry
+    is created if the password is changed and group requires a
+    shadow entry.
+  * Add --root option.
+- chpasswd
+  * PAM enabled versions: restore the -e option to allow restoring
+    passwords without knowing those passwords. Restore together the -m
+    and -c options. (These options were removed in shadow-4.1.4 on PAM
+    enabled versions)
+  * When the shadow file exists but there are no shadow entries, an entry
+    is created if the password is changed and passwd requires a
+    shadow entry.
+  * Add --root option.
+- chsh
+  * Add --root option.
+- faillog
+  * The -l, -m, -r, -t options only act on the existing users, unless -a is
+    specified.
+  * Add --root option.
+- gpasswd
+  * Add --root option.
+- groupadd
+  * Add --root option.
+- groupdel
+  * Add --root option.
+- groupmems
+  * Fix parsing of gshadow entries.
+  * Add --root option.
+- groupmod
+  * Fixed groupmod when configured with --enable-account-tools-setuid.
+  * When the gshadow file exists but there are no gshadow entries, an entry
+    is created if the password is changed and group requires a
+    shadow entry.
+  * Add --root option.
+- grpck
+  * Add --root option.
+  * NIS entries were dropped by -s (sort).
+- grpconv
+  * Add --root option.
+- grpunconv
+  * Add --root option.
+- lastlog
+  * Add --root option.
+- login
+  * Fixed limits support (non PAM enabled versions only)
+  * Added support for infinite limits and group based limits (non PAM
+    enabled versions only)
+  * Fixed infinite loop when CONSOLE is configured with a colon-separated
+    list of TTYs.
+  * Fixed warning and support for CONSOLE_GROUPS for users member of more
+    than 16 groups.
+  * Do not log into utmp(x) or wtmp when PAM is enabled. This is done by
+    pam_lastlog.
+- newgrp, sg
+  * Fix parsing of gshadow entries.
+- newusers
+  * Add --root option.
+- passwd
+  * Add --root option.
+- pwpck
+  * NIS entries were dropped by -s (sort).
+  * Add --root option.
+- pwconv
+  * Add --root option.
+- pwunconv
+  * Add --root option.
+- useradd
+  * If the skeleton directory contained hardlinked files, copies of the
+    hardlink were removed from the skeleton directory.
+  * Add --root option.
+- userdel
+  * Check the existence of the user's mail spool before trying to remove
+    it. If it does not exist, a warning is issued, but no failure.
+  * Do not remove a group with the same name as the user (usergroup) if
+    this group isn't the user's primary group.
+  * Add --root option.
+  * Add --selinux-user option.
+- usermod
+  * Accept options in any order (username not necessarily at the end)
+  * When the shadow file exists but there are no shadow entries, an entry
+    is created if the password is changed and passwd requires a
+    shadow entry, or if aging features are used (-e or -f).
+  * Add --root option.
+- su
+  * Document the su exit values.
+  * When su receives a signal, wait for the child to terminate (after
+    sending a SIGTERM), and kill it only if it did not terminate by itself.
+    No delay will be enforced if the child cooperates.
+  * Default ENV_SUPATH is /sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+  * Fixed infinite loop when CONSOLE is configured with a colon-separated
+    list of TTYs.
+  * Fixed warning and support for CONSOLE_GROUPS for users member of more
+    than 16 groups.
+  * Do not forward the controlling terminal to commands executed with -c.
+    This prevents tty hijacking which could lead to execution with the
+    caller's privileges.
+  * Close PAM sessions as root. This will be more friendly to PAM modules
+    like pam_mount or pam_systemd.
+  * Added support for PAM modules which change PAM_USER.
+
+*** translation
+  * Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
+  * Updated Catalan translation.
+  * Updated Czech translation.
+  * Updated Danish translation.
+  * New Danish man pages translation.
+  * Updated French translation.
+  * Updated French man pages translation.
+  * Updated German translation.
+  * Updated German man pages translation.
+  * Updated Greek translation.
+  * Updated Italian man pages translation.
+  * Updated Japanese translation.
+  * Updated Kazakh translation.
+  * Updated Norwegian Bokmål translation.
+  * Updated Portuguese translation.
+  * Updated Russian translation.
+  * Updated Simplified Chinese translation.
+  * Updated Simplified Chinese man pages translation.
+  * Updated Swedish translation.
+  * Updated Vietnamese translation.
+
+shadow-4.1.4.2 -> shadow-4.1.4.3						2011-02-15
+
+*** security
+- CVE-2011-0721: An insufficient input sanitation in chfn can be exploited
+  to create users or groups in a NIS environment.
+
+shadow-4.1.4.1 -> shadow-4.1.4.2					2009-07-24

 - general
  * Improved support for large groups (impacts most user/group management
@@ -310,7 +511,7 @@ shadow-4.1.0 -> shadow-4.1.1						02-04-2008
    faillog faster.
 - gpasswd
  * Fix failures when the gshadow file is not present.
-  * When a password is moved to the gshadow file, use "x" instead of "x"
+  * When a password is moved to the gshadow file, use "x" instead of "!"
    to indicate that the password is shadowed (consistency with grpconv).
  * Make sure the group and gshadow files are unlocked on exit.
 - groupadd
@@ -453,9 +654,9 @@ shadow-4.0.18.2 -> shadow-4.1.0						09-12-2007
 - Use MD5_CRYPT_ENAB, ENCRYPT_METHOD, SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS, and
  SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS to define the default encryption algorithm for the
  passwords.
- chpaswd, chgpasswd, newusers: New options -c/--crypt-method and
+- chpasswd, chgpasswd, newusers: New options -c/--crypt-method and
  -s/--sha-rounds to supersede the system default encryption algorithm.
- chpaswd, chgpasswd, newusers: DES is no more the default algorithm. They
+- chpasswd, chgpasswd, newusers: DES is no more the default algorithm. They
  will respect the system default configured in /etc/login.defs

 *** documentation:
@@ -500,14 +701,14 @@ shadow-4.0.17 -> shadow-4.0.18						01-08-2006
 - groupadd, groupmod, useradd, usermod: fixed UID/GID overflow (fixed
  http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=198920)
 - passwd, useradd, usermod: fixed inactive/mindays/warndays/maxdays overflow
-  (simillar to RH#198920),
- groupmems: rewrited for use PAM and getopt_long() and now it is enabled
+  (similar to RH#198920),
+- groupmems: rewritten for use PAM and getopt_long() and now it is enabled
  for build and install (patch by George Kraft <gk4@swbell.net>),
 - S/Key: removed assign getpass() to libshadow_getpass() on autoconf level
  (patch by Ulrich Mueller <ulm@kph.uni-mainz.de>; http://bugs.gentoo.org/139966),
 - usermod: back to previous -a option semantics and clarify -a behavior
  on documentation level (by Greg Schafer <gschafer@zip.com.au>),
- chsh, groupmod: rewrited for use getopt_long().
+- chsh, groupmod: rewritten for use getopt_long().
 - updated translations: ca, cs, da, eu, fr, gl, hu, ko, pl, pt, ru, sv, tr, uk, vi.
 *** documentation:
 - fr and ru man pages are up to date,
@@ -542,7 +743,7 @@ shadow-4.0.15 -> shadow-4.0.16						05-06-2006

 *** general:
 - userdel: better fix for old CERT VU#312962 (which was fixed in shadow 4.0.8):
-  fixed forgoten checking of the return value from fchown() before
+  fixed forgotten checking of the return value from fchown() before
  proceeding with the fchmod() (based on Owl patch prepared by
  Rafal Wojtczuk <nergal@owl.openwall.com>),
 - userdel: use login.defs::MAIL_DIR instead hardcoded /var/mail in created
@@ -554,7 +755,7 @@ shadow-4.0.15 -> shadow-4.0.16						05-06-2006
  passwords and libshadow_getpass() is used only because libc getpass()
  do not handles password prompting with echo enabled,
 - move login.defs::MD5_CRYPT_ENAB to non-PAM part,
- userdel: rewrited for use getopt_log(),
+- userdel: rewritten for use getopt_log(),
 - install default/template configuration files:
 -- if shadow is configured with use PAM install /etc/pam.d/* files,
 -- if shadow do not uses PAM install /etc/{limits,login.acces} files,
@@ -592,7 +793,7 @@ shadow-4.0.15 -> shadow-4.0.16						05-06-2006
 - updated ru login.defs(5), passwd(1), userdel(8), usermod(8) man pages,
 - pw_auth(3) man page removed (outdated),
 - install limits(5), login.access(5) and porttime(5) man pages only when
-  shadow is builded with PAM support disabled,
+  shadow is built with PAM support disabled,
 - passwd(1): better document how password strength is checked
  (fixed http://bugs.debian.org/115380),
 - usermod(8): added missing -a option description
@@ -615,7 +816,7 @@ shadow-4.0.14 -> shadow-4.0.15						13-03-2006
 - login: default UMASK if not specified in login.defs is 022 (pointed by
  Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com>),
 - chgpasswd: new tool (by Jonas Meurer <mejo@debian.org>),
- lastlog: print the usage and exit if an additional argument is profided to
+- lastlog: print the usage and exit if an additional argument is provided to
  lastlog (merge 488_laslog_verify_arguments Debian patch),
 - login, newgrp, nologin, su: do not link with libselinux (merge
  490_link_selinux_only_when_needed Debian patch),
@@ -629,9 +830,9 @@ shadow-4.0.14 -> shadow-4.0.15						13-03-2006
    tries exceeded,
  - always prints the number of tries in the syslog entry.
  - add special handling for PAM_ABORT
-  - add an entry to failog, as when USE_PAM is not defined. (#53164)
+  - add an entry to faillog, as when USE_PAM is not defined. (#53164)
  - changed pam_end to PAM_END. This is certainly was a mistake.  PAM_END is
-    pam_close_seesion + pam_end. Here, the session is still not open, we
+    pam_close_session + pam_end. Here, the session is still not open, we
    don't have to close it.
  - a HAVE_PAM_FAIL_DELAY is missing,
 - su: fixed pam session support (patch from Topi Miettinen; fixed #57526,
@@ -639,7 +840,7 @@ shadow-4.0.14 -> shadow-4.0.15						13-03-2006
 - userdel: user's group is already removed by update_groups().
  remove_group() is not needed (bug introduced in 4.0.14 on merge FC fixes).
  Fixed by Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>,
- useradd: allways remove group and gshadow databases lock, Fixed by Nicolas
+- useradd: always remove group and gshadow databases lock, Fixed by Nicolas
  François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>
  (http://bugs.debian.org/348250)
 - auditing fixes:
@@ -647,14 +848,14 @@ shadow-4.0.14 -> shadow-4.0.15						13-03-2006
    added audit_logger() prototype),
  - useradd: fixed excess audit_logger() argument,
 - chage: added missing \n on display password status if password must be
-  chaged,
+  changed,
 - useradd: fixed allow non-unique UID (http://bugs.debian.org/351281),
- variouse code cleanups for make possible compilation of shadow with -Wall
+- various code cleanups for make possible compilation of shadow with -Wall
  -Werror (by Alexander Gattin <xrgtn@yandex.ru>),
 - su: move exit() outside libmisc/shell.c::shell() for handle shell() errors
  on higher level (now is better visable where some programs exit with 126
  and 127 exit codes); added new shell() parameter (char *const envp[])
-  which allow fix preserving enviloment in su on using -p, (patch by
+  which allow fix preserving enviroment in su on using -p, (patch by
  Alexander Gattin <xrgtn@yandex.ru>),
 - su: added handle -c,--command option for GNU su compliance (merge
  437_su_-c_option Debian patch),
@@ -702,7 +903,7 @@ shadow-4.0.13 -> shadow-4.0.14						03-01-2006
 - userdel: make the -f option force the removal of the user's group (even if it
  is the primary group of another user)
  (merge 453_userdel_-f_removes_group Debian patch),
- usermod: rewrited for use getopt_long() (Christian Perrier <bubulle@kheops.frmug.org>),
+- usermod: rewritten for use getopt_long() (Christian Perrier <bubulle@kheops.frmug.org>),
 - grpck: fixed segmentation fault on using -s when /etc/gshadow is empty (fix by
  Tomasz Lemiech <szpajder@staszic.waw.pl>),
 - passwd: remove handle -f, -g and -s options.
@@ -711,7 +912,7 @@ shadow-4.0.13 -> shadow-4.0.14						03-01-2006
  Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>)
 - su: export $USER and $SHELL as well as $HOME (http://bugs.debian.org/11003 and
  http://bugs.debian.org/11189),
- su, vipw: rewrited for use getopt_long(),
+- su, vipw: rewritten for use getopt_long(),
 - su: log successful/failed through syslog (http://bugs.debian.org/190215),
 - updated translations: ca, cs, da, eu, fi, fr, it, pl, pt, ru, sv, tl, vi,
 - new translations: gl.
@@ -745,7 +946,7 @@ shadow-4.0.12 -> shadow-4.0.13						10-10-2005

 *** general:
 - chage: removed duplicated pam_start(),
- chfn, chsh: finished PAM support usin pam_start() and co.,
+- chfn, chsh: finished PAM support using pam_start() and co.,
 - userdel: userdel should not remove the group which is primary for someone else
  (fix by Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>
  http://bugs.debian.org/295416),
@@ -754,7 +955,7 @@ shadow-4.0.12 -> shadow-4.0.13						10-10-2005
 - fixedlib/commonio.c: don't assume selinux is enabled if is_selinux_enabled()
  returns -1 (merge isSelinuxEnabled FC patch by Jeremy Katz <katzj@redhat.com>),
 - login, su (non-PAM case): fixed setup max address space limits (added missing break
-  statement in case) spoted by Lasse Collin <lasse.collin@tukaani.org>,
+  statement in case) spotted by Lasse Collin <lasse.collin@tukaani.org>,
 - auditing support added. Patch prepared by Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com> basing
  on work by Steve Grubb from http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=159215
  Now auditing support have commands: chage, gpasswd, groupadd, groupdel, groupmod,
@@ -771,12 +972,12 @@ shadow-4.0.12 -> shadow-4.0.13						10-10-2005
  This will permit to adduser Debian script to detect if chage failed because the
  system doesn't have shadowed passwords (fix for http://bugs.debian.org/317012),
 - merge 010_more-i18ned-messages Debian patch which adds i18n support for few
-  more messages (orginaly patch was prepared by Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>),
+  more messages (originally patch was prepared by Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>),
 - lastlog: added handle -b option which allow print only lastlog records older than
  specified DAYS (fix by <miles@lubin.us>),
 - chpasswd, gpasswd, newusers: fixed libmisc/salt.c for use login.defs::MD5_CRYPT_ENAB
  only if PAM support is disabled (fix by John Gatewood Ham <zappaman@buraphalinux.org>),
- passwd: rewrited for use getopt_long(),
+- passwd: rewritten for use getopt_long(),
 - newgrp: when newgrp process sits between parent and child shells, it should
  propagate STOPs from child to parent and CONTs from parent to child,
  otherwise e.g. bash's "suspend" command won't work
@@ -786,11 +987,11 @@ shadow-4.0.12 -> shadow-4.0.13						10-10-2005
 - chsh(1), groupadd(8), newusers(8), pwconv(8), useradd(8), userdel(8), usermod(8):
  added missing references to /etc/login.defs and login.defs(5)
  (Christian Perrier <bubulle@kheops.frmug.org>),
- passwd(5): rewrited based on work by Greg Wooledge <greg@wooledge.org>
+- passwd(5): rewritten based on work by Greg Wooledge <greg@wooledge.org>
  http://bugs.debian.org/328113
 - login(1): added securetty(5) to SEE ALSO section
  (fixed Debian bug http://bugs.debian.org/325773),
- groupadd(8), useradd(8): fix regular expression describing alloved login/group
+- groupadd(8), useradd(8): fix regular expression describing allowed login/group
  names (pointed by Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>)
  (correct is [a-z_][a-z0-9_-]*[$]),
 - groupadd(8), useradd(8): documents in CAVEATS section the limitations shadow
@@ -800,9 +1001,9 @@ shadow-4.0.12 -> shadow-4.0.13						10-10-2005
 shadow-4.0.11.1 -> shadow-4.0.12					22-08-2005

 *** general:
- newgrp, login: remove using login.defs::CLOSE_SESSIONS variable and allways 
+- newgrp, login: remove using login.defs::CLOSE_SESSIONS variable and always 
  close PAM session,
- fixed configure.in: realy enable shadow group support by default (pointed by 
+- fixed configure.in: really enable shadow group support by default (pointed by 
  Greg Schafer <gschafer@zip.com.au> and Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com>),
 - login.defs: removed handle QMAIL_DIR variable,
 - login: allow regular user to login on read-only root file system (not only for root)
@@ -827,9 +1028,9 @@ shadow-4.0.11.1 -> shadow-4.0.12					22-08-2005
  period and permit brute-force attacks (fixed http://bugs.debian.org/288827),
 - uClibc fixes (by Martin Schlemmer <azarah@nosferatu.za.org>):
  added require ngettext (added [need-ngettext] to AM_GNU_GETTEXT() parameters)
-  and stub prototype for ngettext() in lib/prototypes.h (neccessary if shadow
+  and stub prototype for ngettext() in lib/prototypes.h (necessary if shadow
  compiled with disabled NLS support)
- groupadd: rewrited for use getopt_long(),
+- groupadd: rewritten for use getopt_long(),
 - groupadd, groupdel, groupmod, userdel: do OPENLOG() before pam_start(),
 - groupadd: fixed double OPENLOG(),
 - removed lib/{grpack,gspack,pwpack,sppack}.c and prototypes from lib/prototypes.h
@@ -865,7 +1066,7 @@ shadow-4.0.10 -> shadow-4.0.11						18-07-2005
 - su: ignore SIGINT while authenticating. A ^C could defeat the waiting period and
  permit brute-force attacks. Also ignore SIGQUIT.
  Fixed: http://bugs.debian.org/52372 and http://bugs.debian.org/288827
- useradd: rewrited for use getopt_long(),
+- useradd: rewritten for use getopt_long(),
 - newgrp: add fix for handle splitted NIS groups: extends the functionality that,
  if the requested group is given, all groups of the same GID are tested for
  membership of the requesting user.
@@ -896,7 +1097,7 @@ shadow-4.0.10 -> shadow-4.0.11						18-07-2005
 - updated translations: cs, da, de, es, fi, pl, pt, ro, ru, sk.
 *** documentation:
 - pwck(8): document -q option (based on Debian patch for fix http://bugs.debian.org/309408)
- pwck(8): rewrited OPTIONS section and better SYNOPSIS,
+- pwck(8): rewritten OPTIONS section and better SYNOPSIS,
 - lastlog(8): document that lastlog is a sparse file, and don't need to be rotated
  http://bugs.debian.org/219321
 - login(8): better explain the respective roles of login, init and getty with regards
@@ -910,12 +1111,12 @@ shadow-4.0.9 -> shadow-4.0.10						28-06-2005

 *** general:
 - mkpasswd: removed,
- userdel: now deletes user groups from /etc/gshdow as well as /etc/group.
+- userdel: now deletes user groups from /etc/gshadow as well as /etc/group.
  Fix by Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.
  http://bugs.debian.org/99442
 - usermod: when relocating a user's home directory, don't fail and remove the new
  home directory if we can't remove the old home directory for some
-  reason; the results can be spectularly poort if, for instance, only
+  reason; the results can be spectacularly poor if, for instance, only
  the rmdir() fails. Patch prepared by Timo Lindfors <lindi-spamtrap@newmail.com>.
  http://bugs.debian.org/166369
 - su: fix syslogs to be less ambiguous. Use old:new format instead of old-new
@@ -923,7 +1124,7 @@ shadow-4.0.9 -> shadow-4.0.10						28-06-2005
  http://bugs.debian.org/213592
 - removed not used now libmisc/setup.c,
 - login: use also UTMPX API instead UTMP on failure (login was affected for this
-  when shadow was builded without PAM support)
+  when shadow was built without PAM support)
  patch by Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>
 - login: the PAM session needs to be closed as root, thus before change_uid()
  http://bugs.debian.org/53570 http://bugs.debian.org/195048 http://bugs.debian.org/211884
@@ -934,12 +1135,12 @@ shadow-4.0.9 -> shadow-4.0.10						28-06-2005
  http://bugs.debian.org/48002
 - login: fixed username on succesful login (was using the normal username,
  when it should have used pam_user) http://bugs.debian.org/47819
- remove using SHADOWPWD #define so now shadow is allways builded with shadow
-  passwowd support,
- chage: rewrited for use getopt_long(),
+- remove using SHADOWPWD #define so now shadow is always built with shadow
+  password support,
+- chage: rewritten for use getopt_long(),
 - updated translations: ca, cs, da, fi, pl, ru, zh_TW.
 *** documentation:
- most of the man pages now are generated from XML files so in case submiting any
+- most of the man pages now are generated from XML files so in case submitting any
  chages to this resources please make diff to XML files,
 - chfn: give more details about the influence of login.defs on what's allowed to
  users.
@@ -947,7 +1148,7 @@ shadow-4.0.9 -> shadow-4.0.10						28-06-2005
 shadow-4.0.8 -> shadow-4.0.9						23-05-2005

 *** general:
- passwd: fixed segfault in non-PAM connfiguration
+- passwd: fixed segfault in non-PAM configuration
  (submited by Greg Schafer <gschafer@zip.com.au>),
 - newgrp: fixed NULL pointer dereference - getlogin() and ttyname() can
  return NULL which is not checked (http://bugs.debian.org/162303),
@@ -969,15 +1170,15 @@ shadow-4.0.7 -> shadow-4.0.8						26-04-2005
 - configure.in: add using AC_GNU_SOURCE macro for kill compilation warnings about
  implicit declaration of function `fseeko',
 - faillog: changed faillog record display format for allow fit in 80 columns all
-  faillog atributies,
+  faillog attributes,
 - removed NDBM code (unused),
- fixed use of SU_WHEEL_ONLY in su. Now su realy is avalaible for wheel group
+- fixed use of SU_WHEEL_ONLY in su. Now su really is available for wheel group
  members. Thanks to Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org> for report:
  http://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=80345
 - drop never finished kerberos and des_rpc support (for kerberos support back firs
  must be prepared modularization),
 - fixed UTMP path detection (by Kelledin <kelledin@users.sf.net>),
- useradd: rewrited group count to dynamic (by John Newbigin
+- useradd: rewritten group count to dynamic (by John Newbigin
  <jnewbigin@ict.swin.edu.au>),
 - login: fixed create lastlog entry fo users never loged in on non-PAM
  variant of login (fix by <oracular@ziplip.com>),
@@ -992,7 +1193,7 @@ shadow-4.0.7 -> shadow-4.0.8						26-04-2005
  fchmod() is executed. (Actually, we could also pass the final "mode" to
  the open() call and then save the consequent fchmod().)
 - SELinux changes: added changes in chage, chfn, chsh, passwd for allow
-  construct more grained user password/accuunt properties on SELinux
+  construct more grained user password/account properties on SELinux
  policies level. Patch originally based on RH changes (submited by Chris
  PeBenito <pebenito@gentoo.org>),
 - added SELinux changes: in libmisc/copydir.c (based on Fedora patch),
@@ -1010,7 +1211,7 @@ shadow-4.0.7 -> shadow-4.0.8						26-04-2005
 - newgrp(1): fix #251926, #166173, #113191 Debian bugs: explain why editing /etc/group   
  (without gshadow) doesn't permit to use newgrp,
 - newgrp(1): newgrp uses /bin/sh (not bash),
- faillog(8): updated after rewrited faillog command for use getopt_long(),
+- faillog(8): updated after rewritten faillog command for use getopt_long(),
 - login(1): removed fragment about abilities pass enviroment variables in login prompt,
 - gshadow(5): new file (by Nicolas Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>),
 - usermod(8): fixed #302388 Debian bug: added separated -o option description,
@@ -1028,24 +1229,24 @@ shadow-4.0.6 -> shadow-4.0.7						26-01-2005
 -- use fseeko() instead fseek() and remove casting file offsets to unsigned
   long.
 - lastlog:
-- rewrited source code using the same style as in chpasswd.c,
-- open lastlog file after finish parse comman line optiomns
-   (now --help otput can be displayd for users without lastlog
+-- rewritten source code using the same style as in chpasswd.c,
+-- open lastlog file after finish parse commandline options
+   (now --help output can be displayed for users without lastlog
   file read permission),
 -- cleanups in lastlog(8) man page using the same style as in
   chpasswd(8).
 - chpasswd:
 -- switch chpasswd to use getopt_long() and adds a --md5 option
   (by Ian Gulliver <ian@penguinhosting.net>),
-- rewrited chpasswd(8) man page.  
+-- rewritten chpasswd(8) man page.  

 shadow-4.0.5 -> shadow-4.0.6						08-11-2004

 - su: fixed adding of pam_env env variables to enviroment
  (Martin Schlemmer <azarah@nosferatu.za.org>),
 - autoconf: fixed filling MAIL_SPOOL_DIR and MAIL_SPOOL_FILE variables
-  which was allways empty (Gregorio Guidi <g.guidi@sns.it>),
- realuy closse security bug in libmisc/pwdcheck.c,
+  which was always empty (Gregorio Guidi <g.guidi@sns.it>),
+- really close security bug in libmisc/pwdcheck.c,
 - added missing template/example PAM service config files for chfn, chsh and
  userdel,
 - do not translate variable names from /etc/default/useradd during
@@ -1056,10 +1257,10 @@ shadow-4.0.4.1 -> shadow-4.0.5						27-10-2004
 - change libmisc to private static library,
 - added SELinux support (basing on patch from Gentoo),
 - chage: more verbose/human readable -l output. This output is much more
-  beter for send directly via email for each users as message with account
+  better for send directly via email for each users as message with account
  status (for example as message with warning about account/password expiration),
 - login: fixed handle -f option: now it works correctly without specify "-h
-  <host>" if open login session localy is required (thanks for help
+  <host>" if open login session locally is required (thanks for help
  investigate bug for Krzysztof Kotlenga),
 - userdel: when removing a user with userdel, userdel was always exits with 1 (fixed).
  Based on http://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=66687,
@@ -1073,7 +1274,7 @@ shadow-4.0.4.1 -> shadow-4.0.5						27-10-2004
  makes httpd Option SymlinkIfOwnerMatch break for default weg pages
  including symlinks placed into /etc/skel/public_html for example.
  http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66819
- su: add pam_open_session() support. If builded without PAM support
+- su: add pam_open_session() support. If built without PAM support
  propagate $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY enviroment variables.
  Based on http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/sys-apps/shadow/files/shadow-4.0.4.1-su-pam_open_session.patch?rev=1.1
 - applied 036_pam_access_with_preauth.patch Debian patch submited by Bjorn
@@ -1086,11 +1287,11 @@ shadow-4.0.4.1 -> shadow-4.0.5						27-10-2004
    Use constant strings rather than argv[0] for syslog ident in the user
    management commands,
  shadow-4.0.4.1-owl-tmp.diff:
-    Remove using mktemp() if mkstemp() prototype not found (use allways mkstemp()),
+    Remove using mktemp() if mkstemp() prototype not found (use always mkstemp()),
  shadow-4.0.4.1-owl-check-reads.diff:
    Add checking for read errors in commonio and vipw/vigr (not doing so could
    result in data loss when the records are written back),
- fixed securirty bug in libmisc/pwdcheck.c which allow unauthorized
+- fixed security bug in libmisc/pwdcheck.c which allow unauthorized
  account properties modification.
  Affected tools: chfn and chsh.
  Bug was discovered by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>.
@@ -1106,12 +1307,12 @@ shadow-4.0.4.1 -> shadow-4.0.5						27-10-2004

 shadow-4.0.4 => shadow-4.0.4.1						14-01-2004
 - bug fixes in automake files for generate correct tar ball on "make dist":
-  added mising "EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)" in man/*/Makefile.am.
+  added missing "EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)" in man/*/Makefile.am.

 shadow-4.0.3 => shadow-4.0.4						14-01-2004	

 *** general:
- added missing information about -f options in groupadd usage mesage
+- added missing information about -f options in groupadd usage message
  (document this also in man page),
 - removed TCFS support (tcfs is dead),
 - convert all po/*.po files to utf-8,
@@ -1119,7 +1320,7 @@ shadow-4.0.3 => shadow-4.0.4						14-01-2004
  per service flushing method instead HUPing nscd process),
 - removed old AUTH_METHODS dependent code,
 - chage: now all code depend on SHADOWPWD. If shadow will not be configured
-  on autoconf level for using shadow possword chage is olny stub which
+  on autoconf level for using shadow password chage is olny stub which
  informs "chage not configured for shadow password support."
 - dpasswd: removed,
 - login: remove handle login.defs::DIALUPS_CHECK_ENAB code,
@@ -1127,7 +1328,7 @@ shadow-4.0.3 => shadow-4.0.4						14-01-2004
 - ALL tools, libraries: remove old SVR4, SVR4_SI86_EUA BSD_QUOTA and ATT_AGE
  dependent code,
 - ALL: ready for gettext 0.11.5, automake 1.7.4, autoconf 2.57,
- logoutd, userd: handle also utmpx if avalaile,
+- logoutd, userd: handle also utmpx if available,
 - newgrp: fix for non-PAM version
  Use CLOSE_SESSIONS depending code only when USE_PAM.
  The problem was reported by Mattias Webjorn Eriksson using Slackware
@@ -1155,7 +1356,7 @@ shadow-4.0.3 => shadow-4.0.4						14-01-2004

 shadow-4.0.2 => shadow-4.0.3						 13-03-2002

- added variouse cs, de, fr, id, it, ko man pages found mainly in national
+- added various cs, de, fr, id, it, ko man pages found mainly in national
  man pages translations projects (this documents are not synced with
  current en version but you know .. "Documentations is lik sex. When it is
  good it very very good. Whet it is bad it is better than nothing."). Any
@@ -1171,9 +1372,9 @@ shadow-4.0.2 => shadow-4.0.3						 13-03-2002
 shadow-4.0.1 => shadow-4.0.2						 17-02-2002

 - resolve many fuzzy translations also all this which may cause problems on
-  displaing long uid/gid,
- allow use "$" on ending in cereated by useradd usermname accounts for allow
-  create machine acounts for samba (thanks to Jerome Borsboom
+  displaying long uid/gid,
+- allow use "$" on ending in created by useradd username accounts for allow
+  create machine accounts for samba (thanks to Jerome Borsboom
  <borsboom@tch.fgg.eur.nl> for point this problem in 4.0.1),
 - fix small but ugly bug in configure.in in libpam_mics library detection.

@@ -1193,7 +1394,7 @@ shadow-4.0.0 => shadow-4.0.1
    as root.  If root does read-only, there's no lock needed. Added missing
    "#include <errno.h>" for above (me).
  shadow-4.0.0-owl-warnings.diff
-    Olny one fix from this patch was aplayd because other was fixed few days
+    Olny one fix from this patch was applied because other was fixed few days
    before :)
  shadow-4.0.0-owl-check_names.diff
    Merge only prat this patch with checking login name matching; checking
@@ -1201,7 +1402,7 @@ shadow-4.0.0 => shadow-4.0.1
    probably _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX from <bits/posix1_lim.h>,
  shadow-4.0.0-owl-chage-drop-priv.diff
  shadow-4.0.0-owl-pam-auth.diff
-    Merge part with reorder initialize PAM and checkin is chage is runed by
+    Merge part with reorder initialize PAM and checking if chage is runed by
    root or not - now chage can be runed from non-root account for checking
    by user own account information (if PAM enabled).
 - fixes for handle/print correctly 32bit uid/gid (Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk@suse.de>),
@@ -1245,30 +1446,30 @@ shadow-20001016 => shadow-4.0.0						 06-01-2002
 - much better automake support,
 - added pt_BR man pages for gpasswd(1), groupadd(8), groupdel(8),
  groupmod(8), shadow(5) (man pages for other nations also are welcome),
- mamny small fixes and updates nad improvements in man pages,
- aplayed Debian patch to man pages for shadowconfig,
+- many small fixes and updates nad improvements in man pages,
+- applied Debian patch to man pages for shadowconfig,
 - remove limit to 6 chars logged tty name (012_libmisc_sulog.c.diff Debian
  patch).

 shadow-20001012 -> shadow-20001016:
- conditionaly disabled body reload_nscd() because not every
+- conditionally disabled body reload_nscd() because not every
  version of nscd can handle it (this can be enabled by define
  ENABLE_NSCD_SIGHUP) (Marek Michałkiewicz  <marekm@linux.org.pl>)
 - fixes on autoconf/automake level for dist target,
- Julianne F. Haugh new contact adress.
+- Julianne F. Haugh new contact address.

 shadow-20000902 => shadow-20001012

- removed /redhat directory with obsoleted files (partialy rewrited spec
+- removed /redhat directory with obsoleted files (partially rewritten spec
  file is now in root directory),
- aplayed shadow-19990827-group.patch patch from RH wich prevents adduser
+- applied shadow-19990827-group.patch patch from RH wich prevents adduser
  overwrite previously existing groups in adduser,
 - added PAM support for chage (bind to "chage" PAM config file) also
  added PAM support for all other small tools like chpasswd, groupadd,
  groupdel, groupmod, newusers, useradd, userdel, usermod (bind to common 
-  "shadow" PAM config file) - this modificaytions mainly based on
+  "shadow" PAM config file) - this modifications mainly based on
  modifications prepared by Janek Rękojarski <baggins@pld.org.pl>,
- many small fixes and improvments in automake (mow "make dist"
+- many small fixes and improvements in automake (mow "make dist"
  works correctly),
 - added cs translation (Jiri Pavlovsky <Jiri.Pavlovsky@ff.cuni.cz>).

--- a/28
+++ b/28
@@ -2,18 +2,13 @@ Shadow SITES
 ============

 Homepage
-	http://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/
+	http://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow

-FTP site
-	ftp://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/pub/pkg-shadow
+Issue tracker
+	http://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/issues

-SVN repository
-	anonymous read only access: svn://svn.debian.org/pkg-shadow/upstream
-
-SVN web interface
-	http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/pkg-shadow/upstream
-	or
-	http://svn.debian.org/viewsvn/pkg-shadow/upstream
+Releases
+	https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/releases

 Mailing lists
 	for general discuss: pkg-shadow-devel@lists.alioth.debian.org
@@ -37,13 +32,14 @@ S/Key support:
 Authors and contributors
 ========================

-Thanks to at least the following people for sending me patches, bug
+Thanks to at least the following people for sending patches, bug
 reports and various comments.  This list may be incomplete, I received
 a lot of mail...


 Adam Rudnicki <adam@v-lo.krakow.pl>
 Alan Curry <pacman@tardis.mars.net>
+Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com>
 Alexander O. Yuriev <alex@bach.cis.temple.edu>
 Algis Rudys <arudys@rice.edu>
 Andreas Jaeger <aj@arthur.rhein-neckar.de>
@@ -55,6 +51,7 @@ Brian R. Gaeke <brg@dgate.org>
 Calle Karlsson <ckn@kash.se>
 Chip Rosenthal <chip@unicom.com>
 Chris Evans <lady0110@sable.ox.ac.uk>
+Chris Lamb <chris@chris-lamb.co.uk>
 Cristian Gafton <gafton@sorosis.ro>
 Dan Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com>
 Darcy Boese <possum@chardonnay.niagara.com>
@@ -62,6 +59,7 @@ Dave Hagewood <admin@arrowweb.com>
 David A. Holland <dholland@hcs.harvard.edu>
 David Frey <David.Frey@lugs.ch>
 Ed Carp <ecarp@netcom.com>
+Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
 Floody <flood@evcom.net>
 Frank Denis <j@4u.net>
 George Kraft IV <gk4@us.ibm.com>
@@ -69,6 +67,7 @@ Greg Mortensen <loki@world.std.com>
 Guido van Rooij
 Guy Maor <maor@debian.org>
 Hrvoje Dogan <hdogan@bjesomar.srce.hr>
+Jakub Hrozek <jhrozek@redhat.com>
 Janos Farkas <chexum@bankinf.banki.hu>
 Jay Soffian <jay@lw.net>
 Jesse Thilo <Jesse.Thilo@pobox.com>
@@ -80,6 +79,7 @@ Joshua Cowan <jcowan@hermit.reslife.okstate.edu>
 Judd Bourgeois <shagboy@bluesky.net>
 Juergen Heinzl <unicorn@noris.net>
 Juha Virtanen <jiivee@iki.fi>
+Julian Pidancet <julian.pidancet@gmail.com>
 Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>
 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
 Luca Berra <bluca@www.polimi.it>
@@ -95,10 +95,12 @@ Mike Pakovic <mpakovic@users.southeast.net>
 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>
 Nikos Mavroyanopoulos <nmav@i-net.paiko.gr>
 Pavel Machek <pavel@bug.ucw.cz>
+Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com>
 Phillip Street
 Rafał Maszkowski <rzm@icm.edu.pl>
 Rani Chouha <ranibey@smartec.com>
 Sami Kerola <kerolasa@rocketmail.com>
+Scott Garman <scott.a.garman@intel.com>
 Sebastian Rick Rijkers <srrijkers@gmail.com>
 Seraphim Mellos <mellos@ceid.upatras.gr>
 Shane Watts <shane@nexus.mlckew.edu.au>
@@ -113,5 +115,7 @@ Maintainers
 ===========

 Tomasz Kłoczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl> (2000-2007)
-Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net> (2007-now)
+Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net> (2007-2014)
+Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> (2014-now)
+Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io> (2019-now)

--- a/15
+++ b/15
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
+ * Create a common usage function that'd take the array of     
+   long options and an array of descriptions and output that so things would
+   be standardized across the utils.
+   Usage strings should be normalized and split first.
+   Investigate optparse.
+
+
 /etc/default/useradd
 * GROUP=1000 should accept a group name.

@@ -108,7 +115,13 @@ ALL:
    entry (with a password).
  - Add check to move passwd passwords to shadow if there is a shadow
    file.
+  - Support an alternative /etc/tcb directory as second parameter.
+  - add options -g / -G to specify alternative group / gshadow files

 - su
  - add a login.defs configuration parameter to add variables to keep in
-    the environment with "su -l" (TERM/TERMCOLOR/...
+    the environment with "su -l" (TERM/TERMCOLOR/...)
+
+- vipw
+  - set ACLs and XATTRs on the temporary file (and backups?)
+  - vipw + selinux -> use lib/selinux.c
--- a/autogen.sh
+++ b/autogen.sh
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
+
 autoreconf -v -f --install || exit 1
+
 ./configure \
 	CFLAGS="-O2 -Wall" \
 	--enable-man \
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
 dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(shadow, 4.1.4.2)
+AC_PREREQ([2.64])
+AC_INIT([shadow], [4.7], [pkg-shadow-devel@lists.alioth.debian.org], [],
+	[https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 foreign dist-xz])
+AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])

 dnl Some hacks...
@@ -19,7 +22,6 @@ AC_PROG_CC
 AC_ISC_POSIX
 AC_PROG_LN_S
 AC_PROG_YACC
-AM_C_PROTOTYPES
 AM_PROG_LIBTOOL

 dnl Checks for libraries.
@@ -32,8 +34,9 @@ AC_HEADER_STDBOOL

 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(errno.h fcntl.h limits.h unistd.h sys/time.h utmp.h \
 	utmpx.h termios.h termio.h sgtty.h sys/ioctl.h syslog.h paths.h \
-	utime.h ulimit.h sys/resource.h gshadow.h lastlog.h \
-	locale.h rpc/key_prot.h netdb.h)
+	utime.h ulimit.h sys/capability.h sys/resource.h gshadow.h lastlog.h \
+	locale.h rpc/key_prot.h netdb.h acl/libacl.h attr/libattr.h \
+	attr/error_context.h)

 dnl shadow now uses the libc's shadow implementation
 AC_CHECK_HEADER([shadow.h],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need a libc with shadow.h])])
@@ -41,7 +44,8 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADER([shadow.h],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need a libc with shadow.h])])
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(l64a fchmod fchown fsync futimes getgroups gethostname getspnam \
 	gettimeofday getusershell getutent initgroups lchown lckpwdf lstat \
 	lutimes memcpy memset setgroups sigaction strchr updwtmp updwtmpx innetgr \
-	getpwnam_r getpwuid_r getgrnam_r getgrgid_r getspnam_r getaddrinfo)
+	getpwnam_r getpwuid_r getgrnam_r getgrgid_r getspnam_r getaddrinfo \
+	ruserok)
 AC_SYS_LARGEFILE

 dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
@@ -70,12 +74,6 @@ AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_type,
                  struct utmp.ut_time,
                  struct utmp.ut_xtime,
                  struct utmp.ut_tv],,,[[#include <utmp.h>]])
-dnl There are dependencies:
-dnl If UTMPX has to be used, the utmp structure shall have a ut_id field.
-if test "$ac_cv_header_utmpx_h" = "yes" &&
-   test "$ac_cv_member_struct_utmp_ut_id" != "yes"; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR(Systems with UTMPX and no ut_id field in the utmp structure are not supported)
-fi

 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_name,
                  struct utmpx.ut_host,
@@ -112,7 +110,9 @@ AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(sgetgrent sgetpwent sgetspent)
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(snprintf strcasecmp strdup strerror strstr)

 AC_CHECK_FUNC(setpgrp)
-AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(secure_getenv, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_SECURE_GETENV,
+                                        1,
+                                        [Defined to 1 if you have the declaration of 'secure_getenv'])])

 if test "$ac_cv_header_shadow_h" = "yes"; then
 	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working shadow group support,
@@ -195,8 +195,10 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PASSWD_PROGRAM, "$shadow_cv_passwd_dir/passwd",

 dnl XXX - quick hack, should disappear before anyone notices :).
 AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSLOG, 1, [Define to use syslog().])
-AC_DEFINE(RLOGIN, 1, [Define if login should support the -r flag for rlogind.])
-AC_DEFINE(RUSEROK, 0, [Define to the ruserok() "success" return value (0 or 1).])
+if test "$ac_cv_func_ruserok" = "yes"; then
+	AC_DEFINE(RLOGIN, 1, [Define if login should support the -r flag for rlogind.])
+	AC_DEFINE(RUSEROK, 0, [Define to the ruserok() "success" return value (0 or 1).])
+fi

 AC_ARG_ENABLE(shadowgrp,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shadowgrp], [enable shadow group support @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
@@ -238,20 +240,39 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(utmpx,
 	[enable_utmpx="no"]
 )

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(subordinate-ids,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-subordinate-ids],
+		[support subordinate ids @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
+	[enable_subids="${enableval}"],
+	[enable_subids="maybe"]
+)
+
 AC_ARG_WITH(audit, 
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-audit], [use auditing support @<:@default=yes if found@:>@])],
 	[with_audit=$withval], [with_audit=maybe])
 AC_ARG_WITH(libpam,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libpam], [use libpam for PAM support @<:@default=yes if found@:>@])],
 	[with_libpam=$withval], [with_libpam=maybe])
+AC_ARG_WITH(btrfs,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-btrfs], [add BtrFS support @<:@default=yes if found@:>@])],
+	[with_btrfs=$withval], [with_btrfs=maybe])
 AC_ARG_WITH(selinux,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-selinux], [use SELinux support @<:@default=yes if found@:>@])],
 	[with_selinux=$withval], [with_selinux=maybe])
+AC_ARG_WITH(acl,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-acl], [use ACL support @<:@default=yes if found@:>@])],
+	[with_acl=$withval], [with_acl=maybe])
+AC_ARG_WITH(attr,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-attr], [use Extended Attribute support @<:@default=yes if found@:>@])],
+	[with_attr=$withval], [with_attr=maybe])
 AC_ARG_WITH(skey,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-skey], [use S/Key support @<:@default=no@:>@])],
 	[with_skey=$withval], [with_skey=no])
+AC_ARG_WITH(tcb,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcb], [use tcb support (incomplete) @<:@default=yes if found@:>@])],
+	[with_tcb=$withval], [with_tcb=maybe])
 AC_ARG_WITH(libcrack,
-	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libcrack], [use libcrack @<:@default=yes if found and if PAM not enabled@:>@])],
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libcrack], [use libcrack @<:@default=no@:>@])],
 	[with_libcrack=$withval], [with_libcrack=no])
 AC_ARG_WITH(sha-crypt,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-sha-crypt], [allow the SHA256 and SHA512 password encryption algorithms @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
@@ -259,6 +280,9 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(sha-crypt,
 AC_ARG_WITH(nscd,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-nscd], [enable support for nscd @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
 	[with_nscd=$withval], [with_nscd=yes])
+AC_ARG_WITH(sssd,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-sssd], [enable support for flushing sssd caches @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
+	[with_sssd=$withval], [with_sssd=yes])
 AC_ARG_WITH(group-name-max-length,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-group-name-max-length], [set max group name length @<:@default=16@:>@])],
 	[with_group_name_max_length=$withval], [with_group_name_max_length=yes])
@@ -283,6 +307,12 @@ if test "$with_nscd" = "yes"; then
 	              [AC_MSG_ERROR([posix_spawn is needed for nscd support])])
 fi

+if test "$with_sssd" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(posix_spawn,
+	              [AC_DEFINE(USE_SSSD, 1, [Define to support flushing of sssd caches])],
+	              [AC_MSG_ERROR([posix_spawn is needed for sssd support])])
+fi
+
 dnl Check for some functions in libc first, only if not found check for
 dnl other libraries.  This should prevent linking libnsl if not really
 dnl needed (Linux glibc, Irix), but still link it if needed (Solaris).
@@ -303,20 +333,92 @@ if test "$enable_man" = "yes"; then
 	AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
 	if test -z "$XSLTPROC"; then
 		enable_man=no
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([xsltproc is missing.])
 	fi

 	dnl check for DocBook DTD and stylesheets in the local catalog.
-	JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN],
-		[DocBook XML DTD V4.1.2], [], enable_man=no)
+	JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN],
+		[DocBook XML DTD V4.5], [], enable_man=no)
 	JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl],
 		[DocBook XSL Stylesheets >= 1.70.1], [], enable_man=no)
 fi
 AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN, test "x$enable_man" != "xno")

+if test "$enable_subids" != "no"; then
+	dnl
+	dnl FIXME: check if 32 bit UIDs/GIDs are supported by libc
+	dnl
+	AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([uid_t],, [#include "sys/types.h"])
+	AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([gid_t],, [#include "sys/types.h"])
+
+	if test "$ac_cv_sizeof_uid_t" -ge 4 && test "$ac_cv_sizeof_gid_t" -ge 4; then
+		AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_SUBIDS, 1, [Define to support the subordinate IDs.])
+		enable_subids="yes"
+	else
+		if test "x$enable_subids" = "xyes"; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot enable support the subordinate IDs on systems where gid_t or uid_t has less than 32 bits])
+		fi
+		enable_subids="no"
+	fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_SUBIDS, test "x$enable_subids" != "xno")
+
 AC_SUBST(LIBCRYPT)
 AC_CHECK_LIB(crypt, crypt, [LIBCRYPT=-lcrypt],
 	[AC_MSG_ERROR([crypt() not found])])

+AC_SUBST(LIBACL)
+if test "$with_acl" != "no"; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(acl/libacl.h attr/error_context.h, [acl_header="yes"], [acl_header="no"])
+	if test "$acl_header$with_acl" = "noyes" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([acl/libacl.h or attr/error_context.h is missing])
+	elif test "$acl_header" = "yes" ; then
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(acl, perm_copy_file,
+		             [AC_CHECK_LIB(acl, perm_copy_fd,
+		                           [acl_lib="yes"],
+		                           [acl_lib="no"])],
+		             [acl_lib="no"])
+		if test "$acl_lib$with_acl" = "noyes" ; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR([libacl not found])
+		elif test "$acl_lib" = "no" ; then
+			with_acl="no"
+		else
+			AC_DEFINE(WITH_ACL, 1,
+			          [Build shadow with ACL support])
+			LIBACL="-lacl"
+			with_acl="yes"
+		fi
+	else
+		with_acl="no"
+	fi
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(LIBATTR)
+if test "$with_attr" != "no"; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(attr/libattr.h attr/error_context.h, [attr_header="yes"], [attr_header="no"])
+	if test "$attr_header$with_attr" = "noyes" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([attr/libattr.h or attr/error_context.h is missing])
+	elif test "$attr_header" = "yes" ; then
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(attr, attr_copy_file,
+		             [AC_CHECK_LIB(attr, attr_copy_fd,
+		                           [attr_lib="yes"],
+		                           [attr_lib="no"])],
+		             [attr_lib="no"])
+		if test "$attr_lib$with_attr" = "noyes" ; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR([libattr not found])
+		elif test "$attr_lib" = "no" ; then
+			with_attr="no"
+		else
+			AC_DEFINE(WITH_ATTR, 1,
+			          [Build shadow with Extended Attributes support])
+			LIBATTR="-lattr"
+			with_attr="yes"
+		fi
+	else
+		with_attr="no"
+	fi
+fi
+
 AC_SUBST(LIBAUDIT)
 if test "$with_audit" != "no"; then
 	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libaudit.h, [audit_header="yes"], [audit_header="no"])
@@ -360,29 +462,80 @@ if test "$with_libcrack" = "yes"; then
 		AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW, 1, [Defined if it includes *Pw functions.]))
 fi

+if test "$with_btrfs" != "no"; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/statfs.h linux/magic.h linux/btrfs_tree.h], \
+		[btrfs_headers="yes"], [btrfs_headers="no"])
+	if test "$btrfs_headers$with_btrfs" = "noyes" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([One of sys/statfs.h linux/magic.h linux/btrfs_tree.h is missing])
+	fi
+
+	if test "$btrfs_headers" = "yes" ; then
+		AC_DEFINE(WITH_BTRFS, 1, [Build shadow with BtrFS support])
+		with_btrfs="yes"
+	fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(WITH_BTRFS, test x$with_btrfs = xyes)
+
 AC_SUBST(LIBSELINUX)
+AC_SUBST(LIBSEMANAGE)
 if test "$with_selinux" != "no"; then
 	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(selinux/selinux.h, [selinux_header="yes"], [selinux_header="no"])
 	if test "$selinux_header$with_selinux" = "noyes" ; then
 		AC_MSG_ERROR([selinux/selinux.h is missing])
-	elif test "$selinux_header" = "yes" ; then
-		AC_CHECK_LIB(selinux, is_selinux_enabled,
-		             [selinux_lib="yes"], [selinux_lib="no"])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(semanage/semanage.h, [semanage_header="yes"], [semanage_header="no"])
+	if test "$semanage_header$with_selinux" = "noyes" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([semanage/semanage.h is missing])
+	fi
+
+	if test "$selinux_header$semanage_header" = "yesyes" ; then
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(selinux, is_selinux_enabled, [selinux_lib="yes"], [selinux_lib="no"])
 		if test "$selinux_lib$with_selinux" = "noyes" ; then
 			AC_MSG_ERROR([libselinux not found])
-		elif test "$selinux_lib" = "no" ; then
-			with_selinux="no"
-		else
+		fi
+
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(semanage, semanage_connect, [semanage_lib="yes"], [semanage_lib="no"])
+		if test "$semanage_lib$with_selinux" = "noyes" ; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR([libsemanage not found])
+		fi
+
+		if test "$selinux_lib$semanage_lib" == "yesyes" ; then
 			AC_DEFINE(WITH_SELINUX, 1,
 			          [Build shadow with SELinux support])
 			LIBSELINUX="-lselinux"
+			LIBSEMANAGE="-lsemanage"
 			with_selinux="yes"
+		else
+			with_selinux="no"
 		fi
 	else
 		with_selinux="no"
 	fi
 fi

+AC_SUBST(LIBTCB)
+if test "$with_tcb" != "no"; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(tcb.h, [tcb_header="yes"], [tcb_header="no"])
+	if test "$tcb_header$with_tcb" = "noyes" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([tcb.h is missing])
+	elif test "$tcb_header" = "yes" ; then
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(tcb, tcb_is_suspect, [tcb_lib="yes"], [tcb_lib="no"])
+		if test "$tcb_lib$with_tcb" = "noyes" ; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR([libtcb not found])
+		elif test "$tcb_lib" = "no" ; then
+			with_tcb="no"
+		else
+			AC_DEFINE(WITH_TCB, 1, [Build shadow with tcb support (incomplete)])
+			LIBTCB="-ltcb"
+			with_tcb="yes"
+		fi
+	else
+		with_tcb="no"
+	fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(WITH_TCB, test x$with_tcb = xyes)
+
 AC_SUBST(LIBPAM)
 if test "$with_libpam" != "no"; then
 	AC_CHECK_LIB(pam, pam_start,
@@ -437,7 +590,7 @@ if test "$with_libpam" = "yes"; then
 	LIBS=$save_libs

 	AC_DEFINE(USE_PAM, 1, [Define to support Pluggable Authentication Modules])
-	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SHADOW_PAM_CONVERSATION, [$pam_conv_function],[PAM converstation to use])
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SHADOW_PAM_CONVERSATION, [$pam_conv_function],[PAM conversation to use])
 	AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_PAM, [true])

 	AC_MSG_CHECKING(use login and su access checking if PAM not used)
@@ -467,6 +620,19 @@ if test "$enable_acct_tools_setuid" != "no"; then
 fi
 AM_CONDITIONAL(ACCT_TOOLS_SETUID, test "x$enable_acct_tools_setuid" = "xyes")

+
+AC_ARG_WITH(fcaps,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-fcaps], [use file capabilities instead of suid binaries for newuidmap/newgidmap @<:@default=no@:>@])],
+	[with_fcaps=$withval], [with_fcaps=no])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(FCAPS, test "x$with_fcaps" = "xyes")
+
+if test "x$with_fcaps" = "xyes"; then
+	AC_CHECK_PROGS(capcmd, "setcap")
+	if test "x$capcmd" = "x" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([setcap command not available])
+	fi
+fi
+
 AC_SUBST(LIBSKEY)
 AC_SUBST(LIBMD)
 if test "$with_skey" = "yes"; then
@@ -503,8 +669,9 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([
 	doc/Makefile
 	man/Makefile
 	man/config.xml
-	man/po/Makefile.in
+	man/po/Makefile
 	man/cs/Makefile
+	man/da/Makefile
 	man/de/Makefile
 	man/es/Makefile
 	man/fi/Makefile
@@ -541,8 +708,15 @@ if test "$with_libpam" = "yes"; then
 echo "	suid account management tools:	$enable_acct_tools_setuid"
 fi
 echo "	SELinux support:		$with_selinux"
+echo "	BtrFS support:			$with_btrfs"
+echo "	ACL support:			$with_acl"
+echo "	Extended Attributes support:	$with_attr"
+echo "	tcb support (incomplete):	$with_tcb"
 echo "	shadow group support:		$enable_shadowgrp"
 echo "	S/Key support:			$with_skey"
 echo "	SHA passwords encryption:	$with_sha_crypt"
 echo "	nscd support:			$with_nscd"
+echo "	sssd support:			$with_sssd"
+echo "	subordinate IDs support:	$enable_subids"
+echo "	use file caps:			$with_fcaps"
 echo
--- a/contrib/adduser-old.c
+++ b/contrib/adduser-old.c
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 ** 1/28/95
 ** shadow-adduser 1.3:
 ** 
-** Basically a bug-fix on my additions in 1.2.  Thanx to Terry Stewart 
+** Basically a bug-fix on my additions in 1.2.  Thanks to Terry Stewart 
 ** (stew@texas.net) for pointing out one of the many idiotic bugs I introduced.
 ** It was such a stupid bug that I would have never seen it myself.
 **
--- a/contrib/adduser.c
+++ b/contrib/adduser.c
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** 1/28/95
 ** shadow-adduser 1.3:
 ** 
-** Basically a bug-fix on my additions in 1.2.  Thanx to Terry Stewart 
+** Basically a bug-fix on my additions in 1.2.  Thanks to Terry Stewart 
 ** (stew@texas.net) for pointing out one of the many idiotic bugs I introduced.
 ** It was such a stupid bug that I would have never seen it myself.
 **
--- a/contrib/adduser2.sh
+++ b/contrib/adduser2.sh
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ def_home_dir=/home/users
 # default shell
 def_shell=/bin/tcsh

-# Defaul expiration date (mm/dd/yy)
+# Default expiration date (mm/dd/yy)
 def_expire=""

 # default dates
--- a/contrib/groupmems.shar
+++ b/contrib/groupmems.shar
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ X.B groupmems
 \fB-D\fR |
 [\fB-g\fI group_name \fR]
 X.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBgroupmems\fR utility allows a user to administer his/her own
+The \fBgroupmems\fR utility allows a user to administer their own
 group membership list without the requirement of superuser privileges.
 The \fBgroupmems\fR utility is for systems that configure its users to
 be in their own name sake primary group (i.e., guest / guest).
--- a/contrib/shadow-anonftp.patch
+++ b/contrib/shadow-anonftp.patch
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Hello Marek,

 I have created a diffile against the 980403 release that adds
 functionality to newusers for automatic handling of users with only
-anonomous ftp login (using the guestgroup feature in ftpaccess, which
+anonymous ftp login (using the guestgroup feature in ftpaccess, which
 means that the users home directory looks like '/home/user/./'). It also
 adds a commandline argument to specify an initial directory structure
 for such users, with a tarball normally containing the bin,lib,etc
--- a/doc/README.limits
+++ b/doc/README.limits
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Changes:
 		- code merged into lmain.c --cristiang

 TODO:	- support groups in the limits file
-	  (only usernames are supported at this momment :-( )
+	  (only usernames are supported at this moment :-( )

 Setting user limits for shadow login program

--- a/docs/index.html
+++ b/docs/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<HEAD>
+<title>shadow - Welcome</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h2> Welcome!</h2>
+<p> This is the shadow tool suite home page. </p>
+
+<p>
+You can find releases <a href="https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/releases">here</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raise issues, request features, and report bugs <a href="https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/issues">here</a>.
+</p>
+</body>
--- a/etc/login.defs
+++ b/etc/login.defs
@@ -6,18 +6,18 @@

 #
 # Delay in seconds before being allowed another attempt after a login failure
-# Note: When PAM is used, some modules may enfore a minimal delay (e.g.
-#       pam_unix enforces a 2s delay)
+# Note: When PAM is used, some modules may enforce a minimum delay (e.g.
+#       pam_unix(8) enforces a 2s delay)
 #
 FAIL_DELAY		3

 #
-# Enable logging and display of /var/log/faillog login failure info.
+# Enable logging and display of /var/log/faillog login(1) failure info.
 #
 FAILLOG_ENAB		yes

 #
-# Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded.
+# Enable display of unknown usernames when login(1) failures are recorded.
 #
 LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB	no

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB	no
 LOG_OK_LOGINS		no

 #
-# Enable logging and display of /var/log/lastlog login time info.
+# Enable logging and display of /var/log/lastlog login(1) time info.
 #
 LASTLOG_ENAB		yes

@@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB	yes
 PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB	yes

 #
-# Enable setting of ulimit, umask, and niceness from passwd gecos field.
+# Enable setting of ulimit, umask, and niceness from passwd(5) gecos field.
 #
 QUOTAS_ENAB		yes

 #
-# Enable "syslog" logging of su activity - in addition to sulog file logging.
-# SYSLOG_SG_ENAB does the same for newgrp and sg.
+# Enable "syslog" logging of su(1) activity - in addition to sulog file logging.
+# SYSLOG_SG_ENAB does the same for newgrp(1) and sg(1).
 #
 SYSLOG_SU_ENAB		yes
 SYSLOG_SG_ENAB		yes
@@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ SYSLOG_SG_ENAB		yes
 #
 # If defined, either full pathname of a file containing device names or
 # a ":" delimited list of device names.  Root logins will be allowed only
-# upon these devices.
+# from these devices.
 #
 CONSOLE		/etc/securetty
 #CONSOLE	console:tty01:tty02:tty03:tty04

 #
-# If defined, all su activity is logged to this file.
+# If defined, all su(1) activity is logged to this file.
 #
 #SULOG_FILE	/var/log/sulog

@@ -82,33 +82,33 @@ MOTD_FILE	/etc/motd
 #MOTD_FILE	/etc/motd:/usr/lib/news/news-motd

 #
-# If defined, this file will be output before each login prompt.
+# If defined, this file will be output before each login(1) prompt.
 #
 #ISSUE_FILE	/etc/issue

 #
 # If defined, file which maps tty line to TERM environment parameter.
-# Each line of the file is in a format something like "vt100  tty01".
+# Each line of the file is in a format similar to "vt100  tty01".
 #
 #TTYTYPE_FILE	/etc/ttytype

 #
-# If defined, login failures will be logged here in a utmp format.
-# last, when invoked as lastb, will read /var/log/btmp, so...
+# If defined, login(1) failures will be logged here in a utmp format.
+# last(1), when invoked as lastb(1), will read /var/log/btmp, so...
 #
 FTMP_FILE	/var/log/btmp

 #
-# If defined, name of file whose presence which will inhibit non-root
-# logins.  The contents of this file should be a message indicating
+# If defined, name of file whose presence will inhibit non-root
+# logins.  The content of this file should be a message indicating
 # why logins are inhibited.
 #
 NOLOGINS_FILE	/etc/nologin

 #
 # If defined, the command name to display when running "su -".  For
-# example, if this is defined as "su" then a "ps" will display the
-# command is "-su".  If not defined, then "ps" would display the
+# example, if this is defined as "su" then ps(1) will display the
+# command as "-su".  If not defined, then ps(1) will display the
 # name of the shell actually being run, e.g. something like "-sh".
 #
 SU_NAME		su
@@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ ENV_PATH	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin
 #	TTYGROUP	Login tty will be assigned this group ownership.
 #	TTYPERM		Login tty will be set to this permission.
 #
-# If you have a "write" program which is "setgid" to a special group
-# which owns the terminals, define TTYGROUP to the group number and
-# TTYPERM to 0620.  Otherwise leave TTYGROUP commented out and assign
-# TTYPERM to either 622 or 600.
+# If you have a write(1) program which is "setgid" to a special group
+# which owns the terminals, define TTYGROUP as the number of such group
+# and TTYPERM as 0620.  Otherwise leave TTYGROUP commented out and
+# set TTYPERM to either 622 or 600.
 #
 TTYGROUP	tty
 TTYPERM		0600
@@ -183,12 +183,13 @@ ERASECHAR	0177
 KILLCHAR	025
 #ULIMIT		2097152

-# Default initial "umask" value for non-PAM enabled systems.
-# UMASK is also used by useradd and newusers to set the mode of new home
-# directories.
+# Default initial "umask" value used by login(1) on non-PAM enabled systems.
+# Default "umask" value for pam_umask(8) on PAM enabled systems.
+# UMASK is also used by useradd(8) and newusers(8) to set the mode for new
+# home directories.
 # 022 is the default value, but 027, or even 077, could be considered
-# better for privacy. There is no One True Answer here: each sysadmin
-# must make up her mind.
+# for increased privacy. There is no One True Answer here: each sysadmin
+# must make up their mind.
 UMASK		022

 #
@@ -213,35 +214,43 @@ PASS_WARN_AGE	7
 SU_WHEEL_ONLY	no

 #
-# If compiled with cracklib support, where are the dictionaries
+# If compiled with cracklib support, sets the path to the dictionaries
 #
 CRACKLIB_DICTPATH	/var/cache/cracklib/cracklib_dict

 #
-# Min/max values for automatic uid selection in useradd
+# Min/max values for automatic uid selection in useradd(8)
 #
 UID_MIN			 1000
 UID_MAX			60000
 # System accounts
 SYS_UID_MIN		  101
 SYS_UID_MAX		  999
+# Extra per user uids
+SUB_UID_MIN		   100000
+SUB_UID_MAX		600100000
+SUB_UID_COUNT		    65536

 #
-# Min/max values for automatic gid selection in groupadd
+# Min/max values for automatic gid selection in groupadd(8)
 #
 GID_MIN			 1000
 GID_MAX			60000
 # System accounts
 SYS_GID_MIN		  101
 SYS_GID_MAX		  999
+# Extra per user group ids
+SUB_GID_MIN		   100000
+SUB_GID_MAX		600100000
+SUB_GID_COUNT		    65536

 #
-# Max number of login retries if password is bad
+# Max number of login(1) retries if password is bad
 #
 LOGIN_RETRIES		5

 #
-# Max time in seconds for login
+# Max time in seconds for login(1)
 #
 LOGIN_TIMEOUT		60

@@ -263,12 +272,12 @@ PASS_ALWAYS_WARN	yes
 #PASS_MAX_LEN		8

 #
-# Require password before chfn/chsh can make any changes.
+# Require password before chfn(1)/chsh(1) can make any changes.
 #
 CHFN_AUTH		yes

 #
-# Which fields may be changed by regular users using chfn - use
+# Which fields may be changed by regular users using chfn(1) - use
 # any combination of letters "frwh" (full name, room number, work
 # phone, home phone).  If not defined, no changes are allowed.
 # For backward compatibility, "yes" = "rwh" and "no" = "frwh".
@@ -293,13 +302,13 @@ CHFN_RESTRICT		rwh
 # Note: If you use PAM, it is recommended to use a value consistent with
 # the PAM modules configuration.
 #
-# This variable is deprecated. You should use ENCRYPT_METHOD.
+# This variable is deprecated. You should use ENCRYPT_METHOD instead.
 #
 #MD5_CRYPT_ENAB	no

 #
 # Only works if compiled with ENCRYPTMETHOD_SELECT defined:
-# If set to MD5 , MD5-based algorithm will be used for encrypting password
+# If set to MD5, MD5-based algorithm will be used for encrypting password
 # If set to SHA256, SHA256-based algorithm will be used for encrypting password
 # If set to SHA512, SHA512-based algorithm will be used for encrypting password
 # If set to DES, DES-based algorithm will be used for encrypting password (default)
@@ -314,12 +323,12 @@ CHFN_RESTRICT		rwh
 # Only works if ENCRYPT_METHOD is set to SHA256 or SHA512.
 #
 # Define the number of SHA rounds.
-# With a lot of rounds, it is more difficult to brute forcing the password.
-# But note also that it more CPU resources will be needed to authenticate
-# users.
+# With a lot of rounds, it is more difficult to brute-force the password.
+# However, more CPU resources will be needed to authenticate users if
+# this value is increased.
 #
 # If not specified, the libc will choose the default number of rounds (5000).
-# The values must be inside the 1000-999999999 range.
+# The values must be within the 1000-999999999 range.
 # If only one of the MIN or MAX values is set, then this value will be used.
 # If MIN > MAX, the highest value will be used.
 #
@@ -328,18 +337,18 @@ CHFN_RESTRICT		rwh

 #
 # List of groups to add to the user's supplementary group set
-# when logging in on the console (as determined by the CONSOLE
+# when logging in from the console (as determined by the CONSOLE
 # setting).  Default is none.
 #
 # Use with caution - it is possible for users to gain permanent
-# access to these groups, even when not logged in on the console.
+# access to these groups, even when not logged in from the console.
 # How to do it is left as an exercise for the reader...
 #
 #CONSOLE_GROUPS		floppy:audio:cdrom

 #
 # Should login be allowed if we can't cd to the home directory?
-# Default in no.
+# Default is no.
 #
 DEFAULT_HOME	yes

@@ -361,14 +370,14 @@ ENVIRON_FILE	/etc/environment
 # (examples: 022 -> 002, 077 -> 007) for non-root users, if the uid is
 # the same as gid, and username is the same as the primary group name.
 #
-# This also enables userdel to remove user groups if no members exist.
+# This also enables userdel(8) to remove user groups if no members exist.
 #
 USERGROUPS_ENAB yes

 #
-# If set to a non-nul number, the shadow utilities will make sure that
+# If set to a non-zero number, the shadow utilities will make sure that
 # groups never have more than this number of users on one line.
-# This permit to support split groups (groups split into multiple lines,
+# This permits to support split groups (groups split into multiple lines,
 # with the same group ID, to avoid limitation of the line length in the
 # group file).
 #
@@ -377,10 +386,15 @@ USERGROUPS_ENAB yes
 #MAX_MEMBERS_PER_GROUP	0

 #
-# If useradd should create home directories for users by default (non
-# system users only)
-# This option is overridden with the -M or -m flags on the useradd command
-# line.
+# If useradd(8) should create home directories for users by default (non
+# system users only).
+# This option is overridden with the -M or -m flags on the useradd(8)
+# command-line.
 #
 #CREATE_HOME     yes

+#
+# Force use shadow, even if shadow passwd & shadow group files are
+# missing.
+#
+#FORCE_SHADOW    yes
--- a/lib/Makefile.am
+++ b/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ libshadow_la_SOURCES = \
 	encrypt.c \
 	exitcodes.h \
 	faillog.h \
+	fields.c \
 	fputsx.c \
 	getdef.c \
 	getdef.h \
@@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ libshadow_la_SOURCES = \
 	lockpw.c \
 	nscd.c \
 	nscd.h \
+	sssd.c \
+	sssd.h \
 	pam_defs.h \
 	port.c \
 	port.h \
@@ -38,6 +41,10 @@ libshadow_la_SOURCES = \
 	pwio.c \
 	pwio.h \
 	pwmem.c \
+	subordinateio.h \
+	subordinateio.c \
+	selinux.c \
+	semanage.c \
 	sgetgrent.c \
 	sgetpwent.c \
 	sgetspent.c \
@@ -47,8 +54,13 @@ libshadow_la_SOURCES = \
 	shadowio.c \
 	shadowio.h \
 	shadowmem.c \
+	spawn.c \
 	utent.c

+if WITH_TCB
+libshadow_la_SOURCES += tcbfuncs.c tcbfuncs.h
+endif
+
 # These files are unneeded for some reason, listed in
 # order of appearance:
 #
--- a/lib/commonio.c
+++ b/lib/commonio.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2011, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -45,16 +45,17 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <signal.h>
 #include "nscd.h"
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-#include <selinux/selinux.h>
-#endif
+#include "sssd.h"
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+#include <tcb.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "commonio.h"

 /* local function prototypes */
 static int lrename (const char *, const char *);
 static int check_link_count (const char *file);
-static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock);
+static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock, bool log);
 static /*@null@*/ /*@dependent@*/FILE *fopen_set_perms (
 	const char *name,
 	const char *mode,
@@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ static int check_link_count (const char *file)
 }


-static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock)
+static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock, bool log)
 {
 	int fd;
 	pid_t pid;
@@ -140,8 +141,13 @@ static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock)
 	int retval;
 	char buf[32];

-	fd = open (file, O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_WRONLY, 0600);
+	fd = open (file, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY, 0600);
 	if (-1 == fd) {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: %s: %s\n",
+			                Prog, file, strerror (errno));
+		}
 		return 0;
 	}

@@ -149,6 +155,11 @@ static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock)
 	snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, "%lu", (unsigned long) pid);
 	len = (ssize_t) strlen (buf) + 1;
 	if (write (fd, buf, (size_t) len) != len) {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: %s: %s\n",
+			                Prog, file, strerror (errno));
+		}
 		(void) close (fd);
 		unlink (file);
 		return 0;
@@ -157,12 +168,22 @@ static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock)

 	if (link (file, lock) == 0) {
 		retval = check_link_count (file);
+		if ((0==retval) && log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: %s: lock file already used\n",
+			                Prog, file);
+		}
 		unlink (file);
 		return retval;
 	}

 	fd = open (lock, O_RDWR);
 	if (-1 == fd) {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: %s: %s\n",
+			                Prog, lock, strerror (errno));
+		}
 		unlink (file);
 		errno = EINVAL;
 		return 0;
@@ -170,29 +191,60 @@ static int do_lock_file (const char *file, const char *lock)
 	len = read (fd, buf, sizeof (buf) - 1);
 	close (fd);
 	if (len <= 0) {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: existing lock file %s without a PID\n",
+			                Prog, lock);
+		}
 		unlink (file);
 		errno = EINVAL;
 		return 0;
 	}
 	buf[len] = '\0';
 	if (get_pid (buf, &pid) == 0) {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: existing lock file %s with an invalid PID '%s'\n",
+			                Prog, lock, buf);
+		}
 		unlink (file);
 		errno = EINVAL;
 		return 0;
 	}
 	if (kill (pid, 0) == 0) {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: lock %s already used by PID %lu\n",
+			                Prog, lock, (unsigned long) pid);
+		}
 		unlink (file);
 		errno = EEXIST;
 		return 0;
 	}
 	if (unlink (lock) != 0) {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: cannot get lock %s: %s\n",
+			                Prog, lock, strerror (errno));
+		}
 		unlink (file);
 		return 0;
 	}

 	retval = 0;
-	if ((link (file, lock) == 0) && (check_link_count (file) != 0)) {
-		retval = 1;
+	if (link (file, lock) == 0) {
+		retval = check_link_count (file);
+		if ((0==retval) && log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: %s: lock file already used\n",
+			                Prog, file);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (log) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                "%s: cannot get lock %s: %s\n",
+			                Prog, lock, strerror (errno));
+		}
 	}

 	unlink (file);
@@ -219,21 +271,21 @@ static /*@null@*/ /*@dependent@*/FILE *fopen_set_perms (
 	if (fchown (fileno (fp), sb->st_uid, sb->st_gid) != 0) {
 		goto fail;
 	}
-#else
+#else				/* !HAVE_FCHOWN */
 	if (chown (name, sb->st_mode) != 0) {
 		goto fail;
 	}
-#endif
+#endif				/* !HAVE_FCHOWN */

 #ifdef HAVE_FCHMOD
 	if (fchmod (fileno (fp), sb->st_mode & 0664) != 0) {
 		goto fail;
 	}
-#else
+#else				/* !HAVE_FCHMOD */
 	if (chmod (name, sb->st_mode & 0664) != 0) {
 		goto fail;
 	}
-#endif
+#endif				/* !HAVE_FCHMOD */
 	return fp;

      fail:
@@ -250,15 +302,12 @@ static int create_backup (const char *backup, FILE * fp)
 	struct utimbuf ub;
 	FILE *bkfp;
 	int c;
-	mode_t mask;

 	if (fstat (fileno (fp), &sb) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}

-	mask = umask (077);
-	bkfp = fopen (backup, "w");
-	(void) umask (mask);
+	bkfp = fopen_set_perms (backup, "w", &sb);
 	if (NULL == bkfp) {
 		return -1;
 	}
@@ -315,6 +364,7 @@ static void free_linked_list (struct commonio_db *db)
 int commonio_setname (struct commonio_db *db, const char *name)
 {
 	snprintf (db->filename, sizeof (db->filename), "%s", name);
+	db->setname = true;
 	return 1;
 }

@@ -325,54 +375,79 @@ bool commonio_present (const struct commonio_db *db)
 }


-int commonio_lock_nowait (struct commonio_db *db)
+int commonio_lock_nowait (struct commonio_db *db, bool log)
 {
-	char file[1024];
-	char lock[1024];
+	char* file = NULL;
+	char* lock = NULL;
+	size_t lock_file_len;
+	size_t file_len;
+	int err = 0;

 	if (db->locked) {
 		return 1;
 	}
-
-	snprintf (file, sizeof file, "%s.%lu",
+	file_len = strlen(db->filename) + 11;/* %lu max size */
+	lock_file_len = strlen(db->filename) + 6; /* sizeof ".lock" */
+	file = (char*)malloc(file_len);
+	if(file == NULL) {
+		goto cleanup_ENOMEM;
+	}
+	lock = (char*)malloc(lock_file_len);
+	if(lock == NULL) {
+		goto cleanup_ENOMEM;
+	}
+	snprintf (file, file_len, "%s.%lu",
 	          db->filename, (unsigned long) getpid ());
-	snprintf (lock, sizeof lock, "%s.lock", db->filename);
-	if (do_lock_file (file, lock) != 0) {
+	snprintf (lock, lock_file_len, "%s.lock", db->filename);
+	if (do_lock_file (file, lock, log) != 0) {
 		db->locked = true;
 		lock_count++;
-		return 1;
+		err = 1;
 	}
-	return 0;
+cleanup_ENOMEM:
+	if(file)
+		free(file);
+	if(lock)
+		free(lock);
+	return err;
 }


 int commonio_lock (struct commonio_db *db)
 {
+	int i;
+
 #ifdef HAVE_LCKPWDF
 	/*
-	 * only if the system libc has a real lckpwdf() - the one from
+	 * Only if the system libc has a real lckpwdf() - the one from
 	 * lockpw.c calls us and would cause infinite recursion!
+	 * It is also not used with the prefix option.
 	 */
-
-	/*
-	 * Call lckpwdf() on the first lock.
-	 * If it succeeds, call *_lock() only once
-	 * (no retries, it should always succeed).
-	 */
-	if (0 == lock_count) {
-		if (lckpwdf () == -1) {
-			return 0;	/* failure */
+	if (!db->setname) {
+		/*
+		 * Call lckpwdf() on the first lock.
+		 * If it succeeds, call *_lock() only once
+		 * (no retries, it should always succeed).
+		 */
+		if (0 == lock_count) {
+			if (lckpwdf () == -1) {
+				if (geteuid () != 0) {
+					(void) fprintf (stderr,
+					                "%s: Permission denied.\n",
+					                Prog);
+				}
+				return 0;	/* failure */
+			}
 		}
-	}

-	if (commonio_lock_nowait (db) != 0) {
-		return 1;	/* success */
-	}
+		if (commonio_lock_nowait (db, true) != 0) {
+			return 1;	/* success */
+		}

-	ulckpwdf ();
-	return 0;		/* failure */
-#else
-	int i;
+		ulckpwdf ();
+		return 0;		/* failure */
+	}
+#endif				/* !HAVE_LCKPWDF */

 	/*
 	 * lckpwdf() not used - do it the old way.
@@ -388,16 +463,17 @@ int commonio_lock (struct commonio_db *db)
 		if (i > 0) {
 			sleep (LOCK_SLEEP);	/* delay between retries */
 		}
-		if (commonio_lock_nowait (db) != 0) {
+		if (commonio_lock_nowait (db, i==LOCK_TRIES-1) != 0) {
 			return 1;	/* success */
 		}
 		/* no unnecessary retries on "permission denied" errors */
 		if (geteuid () != 0) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr, "%s: Permission denied.\n",
+			                Prog);
 			return 0;
 		}
 	}
 	return 0;		/* failure */
-#endif
 }

 static void dec_lock_count (void)
@@ -410,11 +486,12 @@ static void dec_lock_count (void)
 			if (nscd_need_reload) {
 				nscd_flush_cache ("passwd");
 				nscd_flush_cache ("group");
+				sssd_flush_cache (SSSD_DB_PASSWD | SSSD_DB_GROUP);
 				nscd_need_reload = false;
 			}
 #ifdef HAVE_LCKPWDF
 			ulckpwdf ();
-#endif
+#endif				/* HAVE_LCKPWDF */
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -533,6 +610,7 @@ int commonio_open (struct commonio_db *db, int mode)
 	void *eptr = NULL;
 	int flags = mode;
 	size_t buflen;
+	int fd;
 	int saved_errno;

 	mode &= ~O_CREAT;
@@ -549,11 +627,31 @@ int commonio_open (struct commonio_db *db, int mode)
 		return 0;
 	}

-	db->head = db->tail = NULL;
+	db->head = NULL;
+	db->tail = NULL;
 	db->cursor = NULL;
 	db->changed = false;

-	db->fp = fopen (db->filename, db->readonly ? "r" : "r+");
+	fd = open (db->filename,
+	             (db->readonly ? O_RDONLY : O_RDWR)
+	           | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK | O_NOFOLLOW);
+	saved_errno = errno;
+	db->fp = NULL;
+	if (fd >= 0) {
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+		if (tcb_is_suspect (fd) != 0) {
+			(void) close (fd);
+			errno = EINVAL;
+			return 0;
+		}
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
+		db->fp = fdopen (fd, db->readonly ? "r" : "r+");
+		saved_errno = errno;
+		if (NULL == db->fp) {
+			(void) close (fd);
+		}
+	}
+	errno = saved_errno;

 	/*
 	 * If O_CREAT was specified and the file didn't exist, it will be
@@ -568,16 +666,7 @@ int commonio_open (struct commonio_db *db, int mode)
 	}

 	/* Do not inherit fd in spawned processes (e.g. nscd) */
-	fcntl(fileno(db->fp), F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	db->scontext = NULL;
-	if ((is_selinux_enabled () > 0) && (!db->readonly)) {
-		if (fgetfilecon (fileno (db->fp), &db->scontext) < 0) {
-			goto cleanup_errno;
-		}
-	}
-#endif
+	fcntl (fileno (db->fp), F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);

 	buflen = BUFLEN;
 	buf = (char *) malloc (buflen);
@@ -663,12 +752,6 @@ int commonio_open (struct commonio_db *db, int mode)
      cleanup_errno:
 	saved_errno = errno;
 	free_linked_list (db);
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	if (db->scontext != NULL) {
-		freecon (db->scontext);
-		db->scontext = NULL;
-	}
-#endif
 	fclose (db->fp);
 	db->fp = NULL;
 	errno = saved_errno;
@@ -683,10 +766,26 @@ commonio_sort (struct commonio_db *db, int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *))
 {
 	struct commonio_entry **entries, *ptr;
 	size_t n = 0, i;
+#if KEEP_NIS_AT_END
+	struct commonio_entry *nis = NULL;
+#endif

-	for (ptr = db->head; NULL != ptr; ptr = ptr->next) {
+	for (ptr = db->head;
+	        (NULL != ptr)
+#if KEEP_NIS_AT_END
+	     && ((NULL == ptr->line)
+	         || (('+' != ptr->line[0])
+	             && ('-' != ptr->line[0])))
+#endif
+	     ;
+	     ptr = ptr->next) {
 		n++;
 	}
+#if KEEP_NIS_AT_END
+	if (NULL != ptr) {
+		nis = ptr;
+	}
+#endif

 	if (n <= 1) {
 		return 0;
@@ -698,18 +797,40 @@ commonio_sort (struct commonio_db *db, int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *))
 	}

 	n = 0;
-	for (ptr = db->head; NULL != ptr; ptr = ptr->next) {
-		entries[n++] = ptr;
+	for (ptr = db->head;
+#if KEEP_NIS_AT_END
+	     nis != ptr;
+#else
+	     NULL != ptr;
+#endif
+/*@ -nullderef @*/
+	     ptr = ptr->next
+/*@ +nullderef @*/
+	    ) {
+		entries[n] = ptr;
+		n++;
 	}
 	qsort (entries, n, sizeof (struct commonio_entry *), cmp);

+	/* Take care of the head and tail separately */
 	db->head = entries[0];
-	db->tail = entries[--n];
+	n--;
+#if KEEP_NIS_AT_END
+	if (NULL == nis)
+#endif
+	{
+		db->tail = entries[n];
+	}
 	db->head->prev = NULL;
 	db->head->next = entries[1];
-	db->tail->prev = entries[n - 1];
-	db->tail->next = NULL;
+	entries[n]->prev = entries[n - 1];
+#if KEEP_NIS_AT_END
+	entries[n]->next = nis;
+#else
+	entries[n]->next = NULL;
+#endif

+	/* Now other elements have prev and next entries */
 	for (i = 1; i < n; i++) {
 		entries[i]->prev = entries[i - 1];
 		entries[i]->next = entries[i + 1];
@@ -724,7 +845,8 @@ commonio_sort (struct commonio_db *db, int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *))
 /*
 * Sort entries in db according to order in another.
 */
-int commonio_sort_wrt (struct commonio_db *shadow, struct commonio_db *passwd)
+int commonio_sort_wrt (struct commonio_db *shadow,
+                       const struct commonio_db *passwd)
 {
 	struct commonio_entry *head = NULL, *pw_ptr, *spw_ptr;
 	const char *name;
@@ -805,16 +927,11 @@ static int write_all (const struct commonio_db *db)


 int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *db)
-	/*@requires notnull db->fp@*/
 {
 	char buf[1024];
 	int errors = 0;
 	struct stat sb;

-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	/*@null@*/security_context_t old_context = NULL;
-#endif
-
 	if (!db->isopen) {
 		errno = EINVAL;
 		return 0;
@@ -822,8 +939,10 @@ int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *db)
 	db->isopen = false;

 	if (!db->changed || db->readonly) {
-		fclose (db->fp);
-		db->fp = NULL;
+		if (NULL != db->fp) {
+			(void) fclose (db->fp);
+			db->fp = NULL;
+		}
 		goto success;
 	}

@@ -834,27 +953,21 @@ int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *db)
 	memzero (&sb, sizeof sb);
 	if (NULL != db->fp) {
 		if (fstat (fileno (db->fp), &sb) != 0) {
-			fclose (db->fp);
+			(void) fclose (db->fp);
 			db->fp = NULL;
 			goto fail;
 		}
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-		if (db->scontext != NULL) {
-			if (getfscreatecon (&old_context) < 0) {
-				errors++;
-				goto fail;
-			}
-			if (setfscreatecon (db->scontext) < 0) {
-				errors++;
-				goto fail;
-			}
-		}
-#endif
+
 		/*
 		 * Create backup file.
 		 */
 		snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, "%s-", db->filename);

+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+		if (set_selinux_file_context (buf) != 0) {
+			errors++;
+		}
+#endif
 		if (create_backup (buf, db->fp) != 0) {
 			errors++;
 		}
@@ -863,6 +976,11 @@ int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *db)
 			errors++;
 		}

+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+		if (reset_selinux_file_context () != 0) {
+			errors++;
+		}
+#endif
 		if (errors != 0) {
 			db->fp = NULL;
 			goto fail;
@@ -870,15 +988,20 @@ int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *db)
 	} else {
 		/*
 		 * Default permissions for new [g]shadow files.
-		 * (passwd and group always exist...)
 		 */
-		sb.st_mode = 0400;
-		sb.st_uid = 0;
-		sb.st_gid = 0;
+		sb.st_mode = db->st_mode;
+		sb.st_uid = db->st_uid;
+		sb.st_gid = db->st_gid;
 	}

 	snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, "%s+", db->filename);

+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (buf) != 0) {
+		errors++;
+	}
+#endif
+
 	db->fp = fopen_set_perms (buf, "w", &sb);
 	if (NULL == db->fp) {
 		goto fail;
@@ -895,9 +1018,9 @@ int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *db)
 	if (fsync (fileno (db->fp)) != 0) {
 		errors++;
 	}
-#else
+#else				/* !HAVE_FSYNC */
 	sync ();
-#endif
+#endif				/* !HAVE_FSYNC */
 	if (fclose (db->fp) != 0) {
 		errors++;
 	}
@@ -913,25 +1036,18 @@ int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *db)
 		goto fail;
 	}

+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	if (reset_selinux_file_context () != 0) {
+		goto fail;
+	}
+#endif
+
 	nscd_need_reload = true;
 	goto success;
      fail:
 	errors++;
      success:

-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	if (db->scontext != NULL) {
-		if (NULL != old_context) {
-		if (setfscreatecon (old_context) < 0) {
-			errors++;
-		}
-			freecon (old_context);
-			old_context = NULL;
-		}
-		freecon (db->scontext);
-		db->scontext = NULL;
-	}
-#endif
 	free_linked_list (db);
 	return errors == 0;
 }
@@ -962,7 +1078,7 @@ static /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *find_entry_by_name (
 	struct commonio_db *db,
 	const char *name)
 {
-	return next_entry_by_name(db, db->head, name);
+	return next_entry_by_name (db, db->head, name);
 }


@@ -984,6 +1100,7 @@ int commonio_update (struct commonio_db *db, const void *eptr)
 	if (NULL != p) {
 		if (next_entry_by_name (db, p->next, db->ops->getname (eptr)) != NULL) {
 			fprintf (stderr, _("Multiple entries named '%s' in %s. Please fix this with pwck or grpck.\n"), db->ops->getname (eptr), db->filename);
+			db->ops->free (nentry);
 			return 0;
 		}
 		db->ops->free (p->eptr);
@@ -1008,14 +1125,46 @@ int commonio_update (struct commonio_db *db, const void *eptr)

 #if KEEP_NIS_AT_END
 	add_one_entry_nis (db, p);
-#else
+#else				/* !KEEP_NIS_AT_END */
 	add_one_entry (db, p);
-#endif
+#endif				/* !KEEP_NIS_AT_END */

 	db->changed = true;
 	return 1;
 }

+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+int commonio_append (struct commonio_db *db, const void *eptr)
+{
+	struct commonio_entry *p;
+	void *nentry;
+
+	if (!db->isopen || db->readonly) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	nentry = db->ops->dup (eptr);
+	if (NULL == nentry) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	/* new entry */
+	p = (struct commonio_entry *) malloc (sizeof *p);
+	if (NULL == p) {
+		db->ops->free (nentry);
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	p->eptr = nentry;
+	p->line = NULL;
+	p->changed = true;
+	add_one_entry (db, p);
+
+	db->changed = true;
+	return 1;
+}
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */

 void commonio_del_entry (struct commonio_db *db, const struct commonio_entry *p)
 {
--- a/lib/commonio.h
+++ b/lib/commonio.h
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
 */

 /* $Id$ */
-#ifndef _COMMONIO_H
-#define _COMMONIO_H
+#ifndef COMMONIO_H
+#define COMMONIO_H

 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 #include <selinux/selinux.h>
@@ -123,10 +123,17 @@ struct commonio_db {
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 	/*@null@*/security_context_t scontext;
 #endif
+	/*
+	 * Default permissions and owner for newly created data file.
+         */
+	mode_t st_mode;
+	uid_t st_uid;
+	gid_t st_gid;
 	/*
 	 * Head, tail, current position in linked list.
 	 */
-	/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *head, *tail;
+	/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *head;
+	/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *tail;
 	/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *cursor;

 	/*
@@ -136,25 +143,29 @@ struct commonio_db {
 	bool isopen:1;
 	bool locked:1;
 	bool readonly:1;
+	bool setname:1;
 };

 extern int commonio_setname (struct commonio_db *, const char *);
 extern bool commonio_present (const struct commonio_db *db);
 extern int commonio_lock (struct commonio_db *);
-extern int commonio_lock_nowait (struct commonio_db *);
+extern int commonio_lock_nowait (struct commonio_db *, bool log);
 extern int commonio_open (struct commonio_db *, int);
 extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const void *commonio_locate (struct commonio_db *, const char *);
 extern int commonio_update (struct commonio_db *, const void *);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+extern int commonio_append (struct commonio_db *, const void *);
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
 extern int commonio_remove (struct commonio_db *, const char *);
 extern int commonio_rewind (struct commonio_db *);
 extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const void *commonio_next (struct commonio_db *);
 extern int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *);
 extern int commonio_unlock (struct commonio_db *);
 extern void commonio_del_entry (struct commonio_db *,
-				const struct commonio_entry *);
+                                const struct commonio_entry *);
 extern int commonio_sort_wrt (struct commonio_db *shadow,
-			      struct commonio_db *passwd);
+                              const struct commonio_db *passwd);
 extern int commonio_sort (struct commonio_db *db,
-			  int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *));
+                          int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *));

 #endif
--- a/lib/defines.h
+++ b/lib/defines.h
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ typedef unsigned char _Bool;

 /* Take care of NLS matters.  */
 #ifdef S_SPLINT_S
-extern char *setlocale(int categorie, const char *locale);
+extern char *setlocale(int categories, const char *locale);
 # define LC_ALL		(6)
 extern char * bindtextdomain (const char * domainname, const char * dirname);
 extern char * textdomain (const char * domainname);
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ char *strchr (), *strrchr (), *strtok ();
 * --Nekral */
 #define SYSLOG(x)							\
 	do {								\
-		char *old_locale = setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL);		\
+		char *old_locale = setlocale (LC_ALL, NULL);		\
 		char *saved_locale = NULL;				\
 		if (NULL != old_locale) {				\
 			saved_locale = strdup (old_locale);		\
@@ -382,4 +382,10 @@ extern char *strerror ();
 # endif
 #endif

+#ifdef HAVE_SECURE_GETENV
+#  define shadow_getenv(name) secure_getenv(name)
+# else
+#  define shadow_getenv(name) getenv(name)
+#endif
+
 #endif				/* _DEFINES_H_ */
--- a/lib/encrypt.c
+++ b/lib/encrypt.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -40,27 +40,26 @@
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"

-char *pw_encrypt (const char *clear, const char *salt)
+/*@exposed@*//*@null@*/char *pw_encrypt (const char *clear, const char *salt)
 {
 	static char cipher[128];
 	char *cp;

 	cp = crypt (clear, salt);
-	if (!cp) {
+	if (NULL == cp) {
 		/*
 		 * Single Unix Spec: crypt() may return a null pointer,
-		 * and set errno to indicate an error.  The caller doesn't
-		 * expect us to return NULL, so...
+		 * and set errno to indicate an error. In this case return
+		 * the NULL so the caller can handle appropriately.
 		 */
-		perror ("crypt");
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+		return NULL;
 	}

-	/* The GNU crypt does not return NULL if the algorithm is not
+	/* Some crypt() do not return NULL if the algorithm is not
 	 * supported, and return a DES encrypted password. */
 	if ((NULL != salt) && (salt[0] == '$') && (strlen (cp) <= 13))
 	{
-		const char *method;
+		/*@observer@*/const char *method;
 		switch (salt[1])
 		{
 			case '1':
@@ -79,9 +78,9 @@ char *pw_encrypt (const char *clear, const char *salt)
 				method = &nummethod[0];
 			}
 		}
-		fprintf (stderr,
-			 _("crypt method not supported by libcrypt? (%s)\n"),
-			  method);
+		(void) fprintf (stderr,
+		                _("crypt method not supported by libcrypt? (%s)\n"),
+		                method);
 		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}

--- a/libmisc/fields.c
+++ b/libmisc/fields.c
@@ -54,6 +54,10 @@ int valid_field (const char *field, const char *illegal)
 	const char *cp;
 	int err = 0;

+	if (NULL == field) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
 	/* For each character of field, search if it appears in the list
 	 * of illegal characters. */
 	for (cp = field; '\0' != *cp; cp++) {
--- a/lib/getdef.c
+++ b/lib/getdef.c
@@ -49,6 +49,32 @@ struct itemdef {
 	/*@null@*/char *value;		/* value given, or NULL if no value     */
 };

+#define PAMDEFS					\
+	{"CHFN_AUTH", NULL},			\
+	{"CHSH_AUTH", NULL},			\
+	{"CRACKLIB_DICTPATH", NULL},		\
+	{"ENV_HZ", NULL},			\
+	{"ENVIRON_FILE", NULL},			\
+	{"ENV_TZ", NULL},			\
+	{"FAILLOG_ENAB", NULL},			\
+	{"FTMP_FILE", NULL},			\
+	{"ISSUE_FILE", NULL},			\
+	{"LASTLOG_ENAB", NULL},			\
+	{"LOGIN_STRING", NULL},			\
+	{"MAIL_CHECK_ENAB", NULL},		\
+	{"MOTD_FILE", NULL},			\
+	{"NOLOGINS_FILE", NULL},		\
+	{"OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB", NULL},		\
+	{"PASS_ALWAYS_WARN", NULL},		\
+	{"PASS_CHANGE_TRIES", NULL},		\
+	{"PASS_MAX_LEN", NULL},			\
+	{"PASS_MIN_LEN", NULL},			\
+	{"PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB", NULL},		\
+	{"QUOTAS_ENAB", NULL},			\
+	{"SU_WHEEL_ONLY", NULL},		\
+	{"ULIMIT", NULL},
+
+
 #define NUMDEFS	(sizeof(def_table)/sizeof(def_table[0]))
 static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
 	{"CHFN_RESTRICT", NULL},
@@ -66,6 +92,7 @@ static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
 	{"GID_MIN", NULL},
 	{"HUSHLOGIN_FILE", NULL},
 	{"KILLCHAR", NULL},
+	{"LASTLOG_UID_MAX", NULL},
 	{"LOGIN_RETRIES", NULL},
 	{"LOGIN_TIMEOUT", NULL},
 	{"LOG_OK_LOGINS", NULL},
@@ -81,6 +108,12 @@ static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
 	{"SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", NULL},
 	{"SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", NULL},
 #endif
+	{"SUB_GID_COUNT", NULL},
+	{"SUB_GID_MAX", NULL},
+	{"SUB_GID_MIN", NULL},
+	{"SUB_UID_COUNT", NULL},
+	{"SUB_UID_MAX", NULL},
+	{"SUB_UID_MIN", NULL},
 	{"SULOG_FILE", NULL},
 	{"SU_NAME", NULL},
 	{"SYS_GID_MAX", NULL},
@@ -96,33 +129,25 @@ static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
 	{"USERDEL_CMD", NULL},
 	{"USERGROUPS_ENAB", NULL},
 #ifndef USE_PAM
-	{"CHFN_AUTH", NULL},
-	{"CHSH_AUTH", NULL},
-	{"CRACKLIB_DICTPATH", NULL},
-	{"ENV_HZ", NULL},
-	{"ENVIRON_FILE", NULL},
-	{"ENV_TZ", NULL},
-	{"FAILLOG_ENAB", NULL},
-	{"FTMP_FILE", NULL},
-	{"ISSUE_FILE", NULL},
-	{"LASTLOG_ENAB", NULL},
-	{"LOGIN_STRING", NULL},
-	{"MAIL_CHECK_ENAB", NULL},
-	{"MOTD_FILE", NULL},
-	{"NOLOGINS_FILE", NULL},
-	{"OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB", NULL},
-	{"PASS_ALWAYS_WARN", NULL},
-	{"PASS_CHANGE_TRIES", NULL},
-	{"PASS_MAX_LEN", NULL},
-	{"PASS_MIN_LEN", NULL},
-	{"PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB", NULL},
-	{"QUOTAS_ENAB", NULL},
-	{"SU_WHEEL_ONLY", NULL},
-	{"ULIMIT", NULL},
+	PAMDEFS
 #endif
 #ifdef USE_SYSLOG
 	{"SYSLOG_SG_ENAB", NULL},
 	{"SYSLOG_SU_ENAB", NULL},
+#endif
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	{"TCB_AUTH_GROUP", NULL},
+	{"TCB_SYMLINKS", NULL},
+	{"USE_TCB", NULL},
+#endif
+	{"FORCE_SHADOW", NULL},
+	{NULL, NULL}
+};
+
+#define NUMKNOWNDEFS	(sizeof(knowndef_table)/sizeof(knowndef_table[0]))
+static struct itemdef knowndef_table[] = {
+#ifdef USE_PAM
+	PAMDEFS
 #endif
 	{NULL, NULL}
 };
@@ -131,7 +156,7 @@ static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
 #define LOGINDEFS "/etc/login.defs"
 #endif

-static char def_fname[] = LOGINDEFS;	/* login config defs file       */
+static const char* def_fname = LOGINDEFS;	/* login config defs file       */
 static bool def_loaded = false;		/* are defs already loaded?     */

 /* local function prototypes */
@@ -386,13 +411,31 @@ static /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/struct itemdef *def_find (const char *name)
 	 * Item was never found.
 	 */

+	for (ptr = knowndef_table; NULL != ptr->name; ptr++) {
+		if (strcmp (ptr->name, name) == 0) {
+			goto out;
+		}
+	}
 	fprintf (stderr,
 	         _("configuration error - unknown item '%s' (notify administrator)\n"),
 	         name);
 	SYSLOG ((LOG_CRIT, "unknown configuration item `%s'", name));
+
+out:
 	return (struct itemdef *) NULL;
 }

+/*
+ * setdef_config_file - set the default configuration file path
+ *
+ * must be called prior to any def* calls.
+ */
+
+void setdef_config_file (const char* file)
+{
+	def_fname = file;
+}
+
 /*
 * def_load - load configuration table
 *
@@ -405,23 +448,26 @@ static void def_load (void)
 	FILE *fp;
 	char buf[1024], *name, *value, *s;

+	/*
+	 * Set the initialized flag.
+	 * (do it early to prevent recursion in putdef_str())
+	 */
+	def_loaded = true;
+
 	/*
 	 * Open the configuration definitions file.
 	 */
 	fp = fopen (def_fname, "r");
 	if (NULL == fp) {
+		if (errno == ENOENT)
+			return;
+
 		int err = errno;
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_CRIT, "cannot open login definitions %s [%s]",
 		         def_fname, strerror (err)));
 		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}

-	/*
-	 * Set the initialized flag.
-	 * (do it early to prevent recursion in putdef_str())
-	 */
-	def_loaded = true;
-
 	/*
 	 * Go through all of the lines in the file.
 	 */
--- a/lib/getdef.h
+++ b/lib/getdef.h
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ extern unsigned long getdef_ulong (const char *, unsigned long);
 extern unsigned int getdef_unum (const char *, unsigned int);
 extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const char *getdef_str (const char *);
 extern int putdef_str (const char *, const char *);
+extern void setdef_config_file (const char* file);

 /* default UMASK value if not specified in /etc/login.defs */
 #define		GETDEF_DEFAULT_UMASK	022
--- a/lib/getulong.c
+++ b/lib/getulong.c
@@ -44,22 +44,19 @@
 */
 int getulong (const char *numstr, /*@out@*/unsigned long int *result)
 {
-	long long int val;
+	unsigned long int val;
 	char *endptr;

 	errno = 0;
-	val = strtoll (numstr, &endptr, 0);
+	val = strtoul (numstr, &endptr, 0);
 	if (    ('\0' == *numstr)
 	     || ('\0' != *endptr)
 	     || (ERANGE == errno)
-	     /*@+ignoresigns@*/
-	     || (val != (unsigned long int)val)
-	     /*@=ignoresigns@*/
 	   ) {
 		return 0;
 	}

-	*result = (unsigned long int)val;
+	*result = val;
 	return 1;
 }

--- a/lib/groupio.c
+++ b/lib/groupio.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
 * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -80,6 +80,23 @@ static int group_put (const void *ent, FILE * file)
 {
 	const struct group *gr = ent;

+	if (   (NULL == gr)
+	    || (valid_field (gr->gr_name, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (valid_field (gr->gr_passwd, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (gr->gr_gid == (gid_t)-1)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* FIXME: fail also if gr->gr_mem == NULL ?*/
+	if (NULL != gr->gr_mem) {
+		size_t i;
+		for (i = 0; NULL != gr->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
+			if (valid_field (gr->gr_mem[i], ",:\n") == -1) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
 	return (putgrent (gr, file) == -1) ? -1 : 0;
 }

@@ -113,13 +130,17 @@ static /*@owned@*/struct commonio_db group_db = {
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 	NULL,			/* scontext */
 #endif
+	0644,                   /* st_mode */
+	0,                      /* st_uid */
+	0,                      /* st_gid */
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
 	false,			/* changed */
 	false,			/* isopen */
 	false,			/* locked */
-	false			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* readonly */
+	false			/* setname */
 };

 int gr_setdbname (const char *filename)
@@ -313,13 +334,12 @@ static /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (

 	/* Concatenate the 2 lines */
 	new_line_len = strlen (gr1->line) + strlen (gr2->line) +1;
-	new_line = (char *)malloc ((new_line_len + 1) * sizeof(char*));
+	new_line = (char *)malloc (new_line_len + 1);
 	if (NULL == new_line) {
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	snprintf(new_line, new_line_len, "%s\n%s", gr1->line, gr2->line);
-	new_line[new_line_len] = '\0';
+	snprintf(new_line, new_line_len + 1, "%s\n%s", gr1->line, gr2->line);

 	/* Concatenate the 2 list of members */
 	for (i=0; NULL != gptr1->gr_mem[i]; i++);
@@ -336,7 +356,7 @@ static /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (
 			members++;
 		}
 	}
-	new_members = (char **)malloc ( (members+1) * sizeof(char*) );
+	new_members = (char **)calloc ( (members+1), sizeof(char*) );
 	if (NULL == new_members) {
 		free (new_line);
 		errno = ENOMEM;
@@ -345,6 +365,8 @@ static /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (
 	for (i=0; NULL != gptr1->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
 		new_members[i] = gptr1->gr_mem[i];
 	}
+	/* NULL termination enforced by above calloc */
+
 	members = i;
 	for (i=0; NULL != gptr2->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
 		char **pmember = new_members;
@@ -382,15 +404,19 @@ static int split_groups (unsigned int max_members)
 		struct commonio_entry *new;
 		struct group *new_gptr;
 		unsigned int members = 0;
+		unsigned int i;

 		/* Check if this group must be split */
-		if (!gr->changed)
+		if (!gr->changed) {
 			continue;
-		if (NULL == gptr)
+		}
+		if (NULL == gptr) {
 			continue;
+		}
 		for (members = 0; NULL != gptr->gr_mem[members]; members++);
-		if (members <= max_members)
+		if (members <= max_members) {
 			continue;
+		}

 		new = (struct commonio_entry *) malloc (sizeof *new);
 		if (NULL == new) {
@@ -408,9 +434,23 @@ static int split_groups (unsigned int max_members)
 		new->changed = true;

 		/* Enforce the maximum number of members on gptr */
-		gptr->gr_mem[max_members] = NULL;
+		for (i = max_members; NULL != gptr->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
+			free (gptr->gr_mem[i]);
+			gptr->gr_mem[i] = NULL;
+		}
+		/* Shift all the members */
 		/* The number of members in new_gptr will be check later */
-		new_gptr->gr_mem = &new_gptr->gr_mem[max_members];
+		for (i = 0; NULL != new_gptr->gr_mem[i + max_members]; i++) {
+			if (NULL != new_gptr->gr_mem[i]) {
+				free (new_gptr->gr_mem[i]);
+			}
+			new_gptr->gr_mem[i] = new_gptr->gr_mem[i + max_members];
+			new_gptr->gr_mem[i + max_members] = NULL;
+		}
+		for (; NULL != new_gptr->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
+			free (new_gptr->gr_mem[i]);
+			new_gptr->gr_mem[i] = NULL;
+		}

 		/* insert the new entry in the list */
 		new->prev = gr;
--- a/lib/groupmem.c
+++ b/lib/groupmem.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
 * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2013, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -48,25 +48,37 @@
 	if (NULL == gr) {
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	*gr = *grent;
+	/* The libc might define other fields. They won't be copied. */
+	memset (gr, 0, sizeof *gr);
+	gr->gr_gid = grent->gr_gid;
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	gr->gr_name = strdup (grent->gr_name);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == gr->gr_name) {
+		gr_free(gr);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	gr->gr_passwd = strdup (grent->gr_passwd);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == gr->gr_passwd) {
+		gr_free(gr);
 		return NULL;
 	}

 	for (i = 0; grent->gr_mem[i]; i++);

+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	gr->gr_mem = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == gr->gr_mem) {
+		gr_free(gr);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	for (i = 0; grent->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
 		gr->gr_mem[i] = strdup (grent->gr_mem[i]);
 		if (NULL == gr->gr_mem[i]) {
+			gr_free(gr);
 			return NULL;
 		}
 	}
@@ -78,11 +90,16 @@
 void gr_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct group *grent)
 {
 	free (grent->gr_name);
-	memzero (grent->gr_passwd, strlen (grent->gr_passwd));
-	free (grent->gr_passwd);
-	while (*(grent->gr_mem)) {
-		free (*(grent->gr_mem));
-		grent->gr_mem++;
+	if (NULL != grent->gr_passwd) {
+		memzero (grent->gr_passwd, strlen (grent->gr_passwd));
+		free (grent->gr_passwd);
+	}
+	if (NULL != grent->gr_mem) {
+		size_t i;
+		for (i = 0; NULL != grent->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
+			free (grent->gr_mem[i]);
+		}
+		free (grent->gr_mem);
 	}
 	free (grent);
 }
--- a/lib/gshadow.c
+++ b/lib/gshadow.c
@@ -216,13 +216,13 @@ void endsgent (void)
 	static char *buf = NULL;

 	char *cp;
-	struct sgrp *ret;

 	if (0 == buflen) {
 		buf = (char *) malloc (BUFSIZ);
 		if (NULL == buf) {
 			return NULL;
 		}
+		buflen = BUFSIZ;
 	}

 	if (NULL == fp) {
@@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ void endsgent (void)
 	}

 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	while (fgetsx (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf)
+	while (fgetsx (buf, (int) buflen, fp) == buf)
 #else
-	if (fgetsx (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf)
+	if (fgetsx (buf, (int) buflen, fp) == buf)
 #endif
 	{
 		while (   ((cp = strrchr (buf, '\n')) == NULL)
--- a/lib/gshadow_.h
+++ b/lib/gshadow_.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 struct sgrp {
 	char *sg_name;		/* group name */
 	char *sg_passwd;	/* group password */
-	char **sg_adm;		/* group administator list */
+	char **sg_adm;		/* group administrator list */
 	char **sg_mem;		/* group membership list */
 };

--- a/lib/nscd.c
+++ b/lib/nscd.c
@@ -3,57 +3,49 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #ifdef USE_NSCD

-/* because of TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-#include <features.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <spawn.h>
-#include <errno.h>
 #include <sys/wait.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#include "exitcodes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
 #include "nscd.h"

-#define MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED "Failed to flush the nscd cache.\n"
+#define MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED "%s: Failed to flush the nscd cache.\n"

 /*
 * nscd_flush_cache - flush specified service buffer in nscd cache
 */
 int nscd_flush_cache (const char *service)
 {
-	pid_t pid, termpid;
-	int err, status;
-	char *spawnedArgs[] = {"/usr/sbin/nscd", "nscd", "-i", service, NULL};
-	char *spawnedEnv[] = {NULL};
+	int status, code;
+	const char *cmd = "/usr/sbin/nscd";
+	const char *spawnedArgs[] = {"nscd", "-i", service, NULL};
+	const char *spawnedEnv[] = {NULL};

-	/* spawn process */
-	err = posix_spawn (&pid, spawnedArgs[0], NULL, NULL,
-	                   spawnedArgs, spawnedEnv);
-	if(0 != err)
-	{
-		(void) fputs (_(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), stderr);
-		(void) fprintf (stderr, "posix_spawn() error=%d\n", err);
+	if (run_command (cmd, spawnedArgs, spawnedEnv, &status) != 0) {
+		/* run_command writes its own more detailed message. */
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, _(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), Prog);
 		return -1;
 	}

-	/* Wait for the spawned process to exit */
-	termpid = TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY (waitpid (pid, &status, 0));
-	if (-1 == termpid)
-	{
-		(void) fputs (_(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), stderr);
-		perror("waitpid");
+	code = WEXITSTATUS (status);
+	if (!WIFEXITED (status)) {
+		(void) fprintf (stderr,
+		                _("%s: nscd did not terminate normally (signal %d)\n"),
+		                Prog, WTERMSIG (status));
 		return -1;
-	}
-	else if (termpid != pid)
-	{
-		(void) fputs (_(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), stderr);
-		(void) fprintf (stderr, "waitpid returned %ld != %ld\n",
-		               (long int) termpid, (long int) pid);
+	} else if (code == E_CMD_NOTFOUND) {
+		/* nscd is not installed, or it is installed but uses an
+		   interpreter that is missing.  Probably the former. */
+		return 0;
+	} else if (code == 1) {
+		/* nscd is installed, but it isn't active. */
+		return 0;
+	} else if (code != 0) {
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: nscd exited with status %d\n"),
+		                Prog, code);
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, _(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), Prog);
 		return -1;
 	}

--- a/lib/prototypes.h
+++ b/lib/prototypes.h
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -42,6 +42,8 @@
 #ifndef _PROTOTYPES_H
 #define _PROTOTYPES_H

+#include <config.h>
+
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #ifdef USE_UTMPX
 #include <utmpx.h>
@@ -57,7 +59,7 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "commonio.h"

-extern char *Prog;
+extern /*@observer@*/ const char *Prog;

 /* addgrps.c */
 #if defined (HAVE_SETGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
@@ -70,27 +72,37 @@ extern int expire (const struct passwd *, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *);
 /* isexpired.c */
 extern int isexpired (const struct passwd *, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *);

+/* btrfs.c */
+#ifdef WITH_BTRFS
+extern int btrfs_create_subvolume(const char *path);
+extern int btrfs_remove_subvolume(const char *path);
+extern int btrfs_is_subvolume(const char *path);
+extern int is_btrfs(const char *path);
+#endif
+
 /* basename() renamed to Basename() to avoid libc name space confusion */
 /* basename.c */
-extern char *Basename (char *str);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *Basename (const char *str);

 /* chowndir.c */
-extern int chown_tree (const char *, uid_t, uid_t, gid_t, gid_t);
+extern int chown_tree (const char *root,
+                       uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                       gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);

 /* chowntty.c */
 extern void chown_tty (const struct passwd *);

 /* cleanup.c */
-typedef void (*cleanup_function) (/*@null@*/void *arg);
-void add_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg);
-void del_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf);
+typedef /*@null@*/void (*cleanup_function) (/*@null@*/void *arg);
+void add_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg);
+void del_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf);
 void do_cleanups (void);

 /* cleanup_group.c */
 struct cleanup_info_mod {
 	char *audit_msg;
 	char *action;
-	char *name;
+	/*@observer@*/const char *name;
 };
 void cleanup_report_add_group (void *group_name);
 void cleanup_report_add_group_group (void *group_name);
@@ -116,15 +128,13 @@ extern bool console (const char *);

 /* copydir.c */
 extern int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
-                      long int uid, long int gid);
-extern int remove_tree (const char *root);
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-extern int selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name);
-#endif
+                      bool copy_root,
+                      bool reset_selinux,
+                      uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                      gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);

 /* encrypt.c */
-extern char *pw_encrypt (const char *, const char *);
+extern /*@exposed@*//*@null@*/char *pw_encrypt (const char *, const char *);

 /* entry.c */
 extern void pw_entry (const char *, struct passwd *);
@@ -149,11 +159,22 @@ extern int find_new_uid (bool sys_user,
                         uid_t *uid,
                         /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid);

+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+/* find_new_sub_gids.c */
+extern int find_new_sub_gids (const char *owner,
+			      gid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count);
+
+/* find_new_sub_uids.c */
+extern int find_new_sub_uids (const char *owner,
+			      uid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count);
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
+
 /* get_gid.c */
 extern int get_gid (const char *gidstr, gid_t *gid);

 /* getgr_nam_gid.c */
-extern /*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (const char *grname);
+extern /*@only@*//*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (/*@null@*/const char *grname);

 /* getlong.c */
 extern int getlong (const char *numstr, /*@out@*/long int *result);
@@ -166,6 +187,9 @@ extern int getrange (char *range,
                     unsigned long *min, bool *has_min,
                     unsigned long *max, bool *has_max);

+/* gettime.c */
+extern time_t gettime ();
+
 /* get_uid.c */
 extern int get_uid (const char *uidstr, uid_t *uid);

@@ -236,18 +260,18 @@ extern void mailcheck (void);
 extern void motd (void);

 /* myname.c */
-extern /*@null@*/struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void);
+extern /*@null@*//*@only@*/struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void);

-/* pam_pass_non_interractive.c */
+/* pam_pass_non_interactive.c */
 #ifdef USE_PAM
-extern int do_pam_passwd_non_interractive (const char *pam_service,
+extern int do_pam_passwd_non_interactive (const char *pam_service,
                                           const char *username,
                                           const char* password);
 #endif				/* USE_PAM */

 /* obscure.c */
 #ifndef USE_PAM
-extern int obscure (const char *, const char *, const struct passwd *);
+extern bool obscure (const char *, const char *, const struct passwd *);
 #endif

 /* pam_pass.c */
@@ -258,6 +282,21 @@ extern void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, bool silent, bool change_expired);
 /* port.c */
 extern bool isttytime (const char *, const char *, time_t);

+/* prefix_flag.c */
+extern const char* process_prefix_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv);
+extern struct group *prefix_getgrnam(const char *name);
+extern struct group *prefix_getgrgid(gid_t gid);
+extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwuid(uid_t uid);
+extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwnam(const char* name);
+extern struct spwd *prefix_getspnam(const char* name);
+extern struct group *prefix_getgr_nam_gid(const char *grname);
+extern void prefix_setpwent();
+extern struct passwd* prefix_getpwent();
+extern void prefix_endpwent();
+extern void prefix_setgrent();
+extern struct group* prefix_getgrent();
+extern void prefix_endgrent();
+
 /* pwd2spwd.c */
 #ifndef USE_PAM
 extern struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *);
@@ -280,12 +319,30 @@ extern /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__pw_get_head (void);
 extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *__pw_dup (const struct passwd *pwent);
 extern void pw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *pwent);

+/* remove_tree.c */
+extern int remove_tree (const char *root, bool remove_root);
+
 /* rlogin.c */
 extern int do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, size_t namelen,
                      char *term, size_t termlen);

+/* root_flag.c */
+extern void process_root_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv);
+
 /* salt.c */
-extern /*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*//*@observer@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg);
+
+/* selinux.c */
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+extern int set_selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name);
+extern int reset_selinux_file_context (void);
+#endif
+
+/* semanage.c */
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+extern int set_seuser(const char *login_name, const char *seuser_name);
+extern int del_seuser(const char *login_name);
+#endif

 /* setugid.c */
 extern int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info);
@@ -331,17 +388,17 @@ extern void spw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct spwd *spent);
 /* shell.c */
 extern int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[]);

-/* system.c */
-extern int safe_system (const char *command,
-                        const char *argv[],
-                        const char *env[],
-                        int ignore_stderr);
+/* spawn.c */
+extern int run_command (const char *cmd, const char *argv[],
+                        /*@null@*/const char *envp[], /*@out@*/int *status);

 /* strtoday.c */
 extern long strtoday (const char *);

 /* suauth.c */
-extern int check_su_auth (const char *actual_id, const char *wanted_id);
+extern int check_su_auth (const char *actual_id,
+                          const char *wanted_id,
+                          bool su_to_root);

 /* sulog.c */
 extern void sulog (const char *tty,
@@ -357,7 +414,7 @@ extern void ttytype (const char *);

 /* tz.c */
 #ifndef USE_PAM
-extern char *tz (const char *);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *tz (const char *);
 #endif

 /* ulimit.c */
@@ -367,17 +424,19 @@ extern int set_filesize_limit (int blocks);
 extern int user_busy (const char *name, uid_t uid);

 /* utmp.c */
+#ifndef USE_UTMPX
 extern /*@null@*/struct utmp *get_current_utmp (void);
 extern struct utmp *prepare_utmp (const char *name,
                                  const char *line,
                                  const char *host,
                                  /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut);
 extern int setutmp (struct utmp *ut);
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+#else
+extern /*@null@*/struct utmpx *get_current_utmp (void);
 extern struct utmpx *prepare_utmpx (const char *name,
                                    const char *line,
                                    const char *host,
-                                    /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut);
+                                    /*@null@*/const struct utmpx *ut);
 extern int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx);
 #endif				/* USE_UTMPX */

@@ -385,9 +444,9 @@ extern int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx);
 extern bool valid (const char *, const struct passwd *);

 /* xmalloc.c */
-extern /*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@out@*//*@only@*/char *xmalloc (size_t size)
+extern /*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@out@*//*@notnull@*/char *xmalloc (size_t size)
  /*@ensures MaxSet(result) == (size - 1); @*/;
-extern /*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*/char *xstrdup (const char *);
+extern /*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@notnull@*/char *xstrdup (const char *);

 /* xgetpwnam.c */
 extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *xgetpwnam (const char *);
--- a/lib/pwauth.c
+++ b/lib/pwauth.c
@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ int pw_auth (const char *cipher,
 	char prompt[1024];
 	char *clear = NULL;
 	const char *cp;
+	const char *encrypted;
 	int retval;

 #ifdef	SKEY
@@ -177,7 +178,12 @@ int pw_auth (const char *cipher,
 	 * the results there as well.
 	 */

-	retval = strcmp (pw_encrypt (input, cipher), cipher);
+	encrypted = pw_encrypt (input, cipher);
+	if (NULL != encrypted) {
+		retval = strcmp (encrypted, cipher);
+	} else {
+		retval = -1;
+	}

 #ifdef  SKEY
 	/*
--- a/lib/pwio.c
+++ b/lib/pwio.c
@@ -72,6 +72,17 @@ static int passwd_put (const void *ent, FILE * file)
 {
 	const struct passwd *pw = ent;

+	if (   (NULL == pw)
+	    || (valid_field (pw->pw_name, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (valid_field (pw->pw_passwd, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (pw->pw_uid == (uid_t)-1)
+	    || (pw->pw_gid == (gid_t)-1)
+	    || (valid_field (pw->pw_gecos, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (valid_field (pw->pw_dir, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (valid_field (pw->pw_shell, ":\n") == -1)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
 	return (putpwent (pw, file) == -1) ? -1 : 0;
 }

@@ -94,13 +105,17 @@ static struct commonio_db passwd_db = {
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 	NULL,			/* scontext */
 #endif
+	0644,                   /* st_mode */
+	0,                      /* st_uid */
+	0,                      /* st_gid */
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
 	false,			/* changed */
 	false,			/* isopen */
 	false,			/* locked */
-	false			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* readonly */
+	false			/* setname */
 };

 int pw_setdbname (const char *filename)
--- a/lib/pwmem.c
+++ b/lib/pwmem.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2013, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -48,25 +48,43 @@
 	if (NULL == pw) {
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	*pw = *pwent;
+	/* The libc might define other fields. They won't be copied. */
+	memset (pw, 0, sizeof *pw);
+	pw->pw_uid = pwent->pw_uid;
+	pw->pw_gid = pwent->pw_gid;
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	pw->pw_name = strdup (pwent->pw_name);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == pw->pw_name) {
+		pw_free(pw);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	pw->pw_passwd = strdup (pwent->pw_passwd);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == pw->pw_passwd) {
+		pw_free(pw);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	pw->pw_gecos = strdup (pwent->pw_gecos);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == pw->pw_gecos) {
+		pw_free(pw);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	pw->pw_dir = strdup (pwent->pw_dir);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == pw->pw_dir) {
+		pw_free(pw);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	pw->pw_shell = strdup (pwent->pw_shell);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == pw->pw_shell) {
+		pw_free(pw);
 		return NULL;
 	}

@@ -76,8 +94,10 @@
 void pw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *pwent)
 {
 	free (pwent->pw_name);
-	memzero (pwent->pw_passwd, strlen (pwent->pw_passwd));
-	free (pwent->pw_passwd);
+	if (pwent->pw_passwd) {
+		memzero (pwent->pw_passwd, strlen (pwent->pw_passwd));
+		free (pwent->pw_passwd);
+	}
 	free (pwent->pw_gecos);
 	free (pwent->pw_dir);
 	free (pwent->pw_shell);
--- a/lib/selinux.c
+++ b/lib/selinux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011       , Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+
+#include "defines.h"
+
+#include <selinux/selinux.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+
+static bool selinux_checked = false;
+static bool selinux_enabled;
+
+/*
+ * set_selinux_file_context - Set the security context before any file or
+ *                            directory creation.
+ *
+ *	set_selinux_file_context () should be called before any creation
+ *	of file, symlink, directory, ...
+ *
+ *	Callers may have to Reset SELinux to create files with default
+ *	contexts with reset_selinux_file_context
+ */
+int set_selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name)
+{
+	/*@null@*/security_context_t scontext = NULL;
+
+	if (!selinux_checked) {
+		selinux_enabled = is_selinux_enabled () > 0;
+		selinux_checked = true;
+	}
+
+	if (selinux_enabled) {
+		/* Get the default security context for this file */
+		if (matchpathcon (dst_name, 0, &scontext) < 0) {
+			if (security_getenforce () != 0) {
+				return 1;
+			}
+		}
+		/* Set the security context for the next created file */
+		if (setfscreatecon (scontext) < 0) {
+			if (security_getenforce () != 0) {
+				return 1;
+			}
+		}
+		freecon (scontext);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * reset_selinux_file_context - Reset the security context to the default
+ *                              policy behavior
+ *
+ *	reset_selinux_file_context () should be called after the context
+ *	was changed with set_selinux_file_context ()
+ */
+int reset_selinux_file_context (void)
+{
+	if (!selinux_checked) {
+		selinux_enabled = is_selinux_enabled () > 0;
+		selinux_checked = true;
+	}
+	if (selinux_enabled) {
+		if (setfscreatecon (NULL) != 0) {
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#else				/* !WITH_SELINUX */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !WITH_SELINUX */
--- a/lib/semanage.c
+++ b/lib/semanage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010       , Jakub Hrozek <jhrozek@redhat.com>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011       , Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+
+#include "defines.h"
+
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <selinux/selinux.h>
+#include <semanage/semanage.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_SERANGE
+#define DEFAULT_SERANGE "s0"
+#endif
+
+
+static void semanage_error_callback (unused void *varg,
+                                     semanage_handle_t *handle,
+                                     const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	int ret;
+	char * message = NULL;
+	va_list ap;
+
+
+	va_start (ap, fmt);
+	ret = vasprintf (&message, fmt, ap);
+	va_end (ap);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		/* ENOMEM */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	switch (semanage_msg_get_level (handle)) {
+	case SEMANAGE_MSG_ERR:
+	case SEMANAGE_MSG_WARN:
+		fprintf (stderr, _("[libsemanage]: %s\n"), message);
+		break;
+	case SEMANAGE_MSG_INFO:
+		/* nop */
+		break;
+	}
+
+	free (message);
+}
+
+
+static semanage_handle_t *semanage_init (void)
+{
+	int ret;
+	semanage_handle_t *handle = NULL;
+
+	handle = semanage_handle_create ();
+	if (NULL == handle) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Cannot create SELinux management handle\n"));
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	semanage_msg_set_callback (handle, semanage_error_callback, NULL);
+
+	ret = semanage_is_managed (handle);
+	if (ret != 1) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("SELinux policy not managed\n"));
+		goto fail;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_access_check (handle);
+	if (ret < SEMANAGE_CAN_READ) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot read SELinux policy store\n"));
+		goto fail;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_connect (handle);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Cannot establish SELinux management connection\n"));
+		goto fail;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_begin_transaction (handle);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot begin SELinux transaction\n"));
+		goto fail;
+	}
+
+	return handle;
+
+fail:
+	semanage_handle_destroy (handle);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+static int semanage_user_mod (semanage_handle_t *handle,
+                              semanage_seuser_key_t *key,
+                              const char *login_name,
+                              const char *seuser_name)
+{
+	int ret;
+	semanage_seuser_t *seuser = NULL;
+
+	semanage_seuser_query (handle, key, &seuser);
+	if (NULL == seuser) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not query seuser for %s\n"), login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_set_mlsrange (handle, seuser, DEFAULT_SERANGE);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not set serange for %s\n"), login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_set_sename (handle, seuser, seuser_name);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not set sename for %s\n"),
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_modify_local (handle, key, seuser);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not modify login mapping for %s\n"),
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = 0;
+done:
+	semanage_seuser_free (seuser);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+static int semanage_user_add (semanage_handle_t *handle,
+                             semanage_seuser_key_t *key,
+                             const char *login_name,
+                             const char *seuser_name)
+{
+	int ret;
+	semanage_seuser_t *seuser = NULL;
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_create (handle, &seuser);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Cannot create SELinux login mapping for %s\n"),
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_set_name (handle, seuser, login_name);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Could not set name for %s\n"), login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_set_mlsrange (handle, seuser, DEFAULT_SERANGE);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not set serange for %s\n"),
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_set_sename (handle, seuser, seuser_name);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not set SELinux user for %s\n"),
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_modify_local (handle, key, seuser);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not add login mapping for %s\n"),
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = 0;
+done:
+	semanage_seuser_free (seuser);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+int set_seuser (const char *login_name, const char *seuser_name)
+{
+	semanage_handle_t *handle = NULL;
+	semanage_seuser_key_t *key = NULL;
+	int ret;
+	int seuser_exists = 0;
+
+	if (NULL == seuser_name) {
+		/* don't care, just let system pick the defaults */
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	handle = semanage_init ();
+	if (NULL == handle) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot init SELinux management\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_key_create (handle, login_name, &key);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot create SELinux user key\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_exists (handle, key, &seuser_exists);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot verify the SELinux user\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (0 != seuser_exists) {
+		ret = semanage_user_mod (handle, key, login_name, seuser_name);
+		if (ret != 0) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("Cannot modify SELinux user mapping\n"));
+			ret = 1;
+			goto done;
+		}
+	} else {
+		ret = semanage_user_add (handle, key, login_name, seuser_name);
+		if (ret != 0) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("Cannot add SELinux user mapping\n"));
+			ret = 1;
+			goto done;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_commit (handle);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot commit SELinux transaction\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = 0;
+
+done:
+	semanage_seuser_key_free (key);
+	semanage_handle_destroy (handle);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+int del_seuser (const char *login_name)
+{
+	semanage_handle_t *handle = NULL;
+	semanage_seuser_key_t *key = NULL;
+	int ret;
+	int exists = 0;
+
+	handle = semanage_init ();
+	if (NULL == handle) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot init SELinux management\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_key_create (handle, login_name, &key);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot create SELinux user key\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_exists (handle, key, &exists);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot verify the SELinux user\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == exists) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Login mapping for %s is not defined, OK if default mapping was used\n"), 
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 0;  /* probably default mapping */
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_exists_local (handle, key, &exists);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot verify the SELinux user\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == exists) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Login mapping for %s is defined in policy, cannot be deleted\n"), 
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 0; /* Login mapping defined in policy can't be deleted */
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_seuser_del_local (handle, key);
+	if (ret != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Could not delete login mapping for %s"),
+		         login_name);
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = semanage_commit (handle);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("Cannot commit SELinux transaction\n"));
+		ret = 1;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	ret = 0;
+done:
+	semanage_handle_destroy (handle);
+	return ret;
+}
+#else				/* !WITH_SELINUX */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !WITH_SELINUX */
--- a/lib/sgroupio.c
+++ b/lib/sgroupio.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
 * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2013, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "commonio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
 #include "sgroupio.h"

 /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct sgrp *__sgr_dup (const struct sgrp *sgent)
@@ -51,13 +52,19 @@
 	if (NULL == sg) {
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	*sg = *sgent;
+	/* Do the same as the other _dup function, even if we know the
+	 * structure. */
+	memset (sg, 0, sizeof *sg);
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	sg->sg_name = strdup (sgent->sg_name);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == sg->sg_name) {
 		free (sg);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	sg->sg_passwd = strdup (sgent->sg_passwd);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == sg->sg_passwd) {
 		free (sg->sg_name);
 		free (sg);
@@ -65,7 +72,9 @@
 	}

 	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_adm[i]; i++);
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	sg->sg_adm = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == sg->sg_adm) {
 		free (sg->sg_passwd);
 		free (sg->sg_name);
@@ -88,7 +97,9 @@
 	sg->sg_adm[i] = NULL;

 	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_mem[i]; i++);
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	sg->sg_mem = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == sg->sg_mem) {
 		for (i = 0; NULL != sg->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
 			free (sg->sg_adm[i]);
@@ -137,17 +148,20 @@ static void gshadow_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/void *ent)

 void sgr_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct sgrp *sgent)
 {
+	size_t i;
 	free (sgent->sg_name);
-	memzero (sgent->sg_passwd, strlen (sgent->sg_passwd));
-	free (sgent->sg_passwd);
-	while (NULL != *(sgent->sg_adm)) {
-		free (*(sgent->sg_adm));
-		sgent->sg_adm++;
+	if (NULL != sgent->sg_passwd) {
+		memzero (sgent->sg_passwd, strlen (sgent->sg_passwd));
+		free (sgent->sg_passwd);
 	}
-	while (NULL != *(sgent->sg_mem)) {
-		free (*(sgent->sg_mem));
-		sgent->sg_mem++;
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
+		free (sgent->sg_adm[i]);
 	}
+	free (sgent->sg_adm);
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_mem[i]; i++) {
+		free (sgent->sg_mem[i]);
+	}
+	free (sgent->sg_mem);
 	free (sgent);
 }

@@ -167,6 +181,32 @@ static int gshadow_put (const void *ent, FILE * file)
 {
 	const struct sgrp *sg = ent;

+	if (   (NULL == sg)
+	    || (valid_field (sg->sg_name, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (valid_field (sg->sg_passwd, ":\n") == -1)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* FIXME: fail also if sg->sg_adm == NULL ?*/
+	if (NULL != sg->sg_adm) {
+		size_t i;
+		for (i = 0; NULL != sg->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
+			if (valid_field (sg->sg_adm[i], ",:\n") == -1) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* FIXME: fail also if sg->sg_mem == NULL ?*/
+	if (NULL != sg->sg_mem) {
+		size_t i;
+		for (i = 0; NULL != sg->sg_mem[i]; i++) {
+			if (valid_field (sg->sg_mem[i], ",:\n") == -1) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
 	return (putsgent (sg, file) == -1) ? -1 : 0;
 }

@@ -189,13 +229,17 @@ static struct commonio_db gshadow_db = {
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 	NULL,			/* scontext */
 #endif
+	0400,                   /* st_mode */
+	0,                      /* st_uid */
+	0,                      /* st_gid */
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
 	false,			/* changed */
 	false,			/* isopen */
 	false,			/* locked */
-	false			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* readonly */
+	false			/* setname */
 };

 int sgr_setdbname (const char *filename)
@@ -210,6 +254,8 @@ int sgr_setdbname (const char *filename)

 bool sgr_file_present (void)
 {
+	if (getdef_bool ("FORCE_SHADOW"))
+		return true;
 	return commonio_present (&gshadow_db);
 }

--- a/lib/sgroupio.h
+++ b/lib/sgroupio.h
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

 extern int sgr_close (void);
 extern bool sgr_file_present (void);
-extern /*@null@*/const struct sgrp *sgr_locate (const char *name);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct sgrp *sgr_locate (const char *name);
 extern int sgr_lock (void);
 extern int sgr_setdbname (const char *filename);
 extern /*@observer@*/const char *sgr_dbname (void);
--- a/lib/shadow.c
+++ b/lib/shadow.c
@@ -42,10 +42,10 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include <stdio.h>
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-static int nis_used;
-static int nis_ignore;
+static bool nis_used;
+static bool nis_ignore;
 static enum { native, start, middle, native2 } nis_state;
-static int nis_bound;
+static bool nis_bound;
 static char *nis_domain;
 static char *nis_key;
 static int nis_keylen;
@@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ static FILE *shadow;
 * __setspNIS - turn on or off NIS searches
 */

-void __setspNIS (int flag)
+void __setspNIS (bool flag)
 {
 	nis_ignore = !flag;

 	if (nis_ignore) {
-		nis_used = 0;
+		nis_used = false;
 	}
 }

@@ -81,10 +81,11 @@ void __setspNIS (int flag)

 static int bind_nis (void)
 {
-	if (yp_get_default_domain (&nis_domain))
+	if (yp_get_default_domain (&nis_domain)) {
 		return -1;
+	}

-	nis_bound = 1;
+	nis_bound = true;
 	return 0;
 }
 #endif
@@ -95,10 +96,11 @@ static int bind_nis (void)

 void setspent (void)
 {
-	if (shadow)
+	if (NULL != shadow) {
 		rewind (shadow);
-	else
+	}else {
 		shadow = fopen (SHADOW_FILE, "r");
+	}

 #ifdef	USE_NIS
 	nis_state = native;
@@ -111,8 +113,9 @@ void setspent (void)

 void endspent (void)
 {
-	if (shadow)
+	if (NULL != shadow) {
 		(void) fclose (shadow);
+	}

 	shadow = (FILE *) 0;
 }
@@ -172,8 +175,9 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)

 	spwd.sp_namp = fields[0];
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	if (IS_NISCHAR (fields[0][0]))
-		nis_used = 1;
+	if (IS_NISCHAR (fields[0][0])) {
+		nis_used = true;
+	}
 #endif
 	spwd.sp_pwdp = fields[1];

@@ -211,7 +215,9 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 				spwd.sp_min = -1;
 			} else
 #endif
+			{
 				return 0;
+			}
 		} else if (spwd.sp_min < 0) {
 			return 0;
 		}
@@ -263,7 +269,9 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 				spwd.sp_warn = -1;
 			} else
 #endif
+			{
 				return 0;
+			}
 		} else if (spwd.sp_warn < 0) {
 			return 0;
 		}
@@ -283,7 +291,9 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 				spwd.sp_inact = -1;
 			} else
 #endif
+			{
 				return 0;
+			}
 		} else if (spwd.sp_inact < 0) {
 			return 0;
 		}
@@ -303,7 +313,9 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 				spwd.sp_expire = -1;
 			} else
 #endif
+			{
 				return 0;
+			}
 		} else if (spwd.sp_expire < 0) {
 			return 0;
 		}
@@ -324,7 +336,9 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 				spwd.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
 			} else
 #endif
+			{
 				return 0;
+			}
 		} else if (spwd.sp_flag < 0) {
 			return 0;
 		}
@@ -377,8 +391,9 @@ struct spwd *getspent (void)
 	struct spwd *val;
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
 #endif
-	if (!shadow)
+	if (NULL == shadow) {
 		setspent ();
+	}

 #ifdef	USE_NIS
      again:
@@ -432,7 +447,7 @@ struct spwd *getspent (void)

 		return 0;
 	} else {
-		if (nis_bound == 0) {
+		if (!nis_bound) {
 			if (bind_nis ()) {
 				nis_state = native2;
 				goto again;
@@ -440,15 +455,15 @@ struct spwd *getspent (void)
 		}
 		if (nis_state == start) {
 			if (yp_first (nis_domain, "shadow.bynam", &nis_key,
-				      &nis_keylen, &nis_val, &nis_vallen)) {
+			              &nis_keylen, &nis_val, &nis_vallen)) {
 				nis_state = native2;
 				goto again;
 			}
 			nis_state = middle;
 		} else if (nis_state == middle) {
 			if (yp_next (nis_domain, "shadow.bynam", nis_key,
-				     nis_keylen, &nis_key, &nis_keylen,
-				     &nis_val, &nis_vallen)) {
+			             nis_keylen, &nis_key, &nis_keylen,
+			             &nis_val, &nis_vallen)) {
 				nis_state = native2;
 				goto again;
 			}
@@ -471,7 +486,7 @@ struct spwd *getspnam (const char *name)
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
 	static char save_name[16];
-	int nis_disabled = 0;
+	bool nis_disabled = false;
 #endif

 	setspent ();
@@ -481,18 +496,20 @@ struct spwd *getspnam (const char *name)
 	 * Search the shadow.byname map for this user.
 	 */

-	if (!nis_ignore && !nis_bound)
+	if (!nis_ignore && !nis_bound) {
 		bind_nis ();
+	}

 	if (!nis_ignore && nis_bound) {
 		char *cp;

 		if (yp_match (nis_domain, "shadow.byname", name,
-			      strlen (name), &nis_val, &nis_vallen) == 0) {
+		              strlen (name), &nis_val, &nis_vallen) == 0) {

 			cp = strchr (nis_val, '\n');
-			if (NULL != cp)
+			if (NULL != cp) {
 				*cp = '\0';
+			}

 			nis_state = middle;
 			sp = my_sgetspent (nis_val);
@@ -503,8 +520,9 @@ struct spwd *getspnam (const char *name)
 			}
 			endspent ();
 			return sp;
-		} else
+		} else {
 			nis_state = native2;
+		}
 	}
 #endif
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
@@ -516,17 +534,19 @@ struct spwd *getspnam (const char *name)
 	 */

 	if (nis_used) {
-		nis_ignore++;
-		nis_disabled++;
+		nis_ignore = true;
+		nis_disabled = true;
 	}
 #endif
 	while ((sp = getspent ()) != (struct spwd *) 0) {
-		if (strcmp (name, sp->sp_namp) == 0)
+		if (strcmp (name, sp->sp_namp) == 0) {
 			break;
+		}
 	}
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	if (nis_disabled)
-		nis_ignore--;
+	if (nis_disabled) {
+		nis_ignore = false;
+	}
 #endif
 	endspent ();
 	return (sp);
--- a/lib/shadowio.c
+++ b/lib/shadowio.c
@@ -40,7 +40,12 @@
 #include <shadow.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "commonio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
 #include "shadowio.h"
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+#include <tcb.h>
+#include "tcbfuncs.h"
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */

 static /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/void *shadow_dup (const void *ent)
 {
@@ -72,6 +77,12 @@ static int shadow_put (const void *ent, FILE * file)
 {
 	const struct spwd *sp = ent;

+	if (   (NULL == sp)
+	    || (valid_field (sp->sp_namp, ":\n") == -1)
+	    || (valid_field (sp->sp_pwdp, ":\n") == -1)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
 	return (putspent (sp, file) == -1) ? -1 : 0;
 }

@@ -93,14 +104,18 @@ static struct commonio_db shadow_db = {
 	NULL,			/* fp */
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 	NULL,			/* scontext */
-#endif
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+	0400,                   /* st_mode */
+	0,                      /* st_uid */
+	0,                      /* st_gid */
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
 	false,			/* changed */
 	false,			/* isopen */
 	false,			/* locked */
-	false			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* readonly */
+	false			/* setname */
 };

 int spw_setdbname (const char *filename)
@@ -115,17 +130,52 @@ int spw_setdbname (const char *filename)

 bool spw_file_present (void)
 {
+	if (getdef_bool ("FORCE_SHADOW"))
+		return true;
 	return commonio_present (&shadow_db);
 }

 int spw_lock (void)
 {
-	return commonio_lock (&shadow_db);
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	int retval = 0;
+
+	if (!getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
+		return commonio_lock (&shadow_db);
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	}
+	if (shadowtcb_drop_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (lckpwdf_tcb (shadow_db.filename) == 0) {
+		shadow_db.locked = 1;
+		retval = 1;
+	}
+	if (shadowtcb_gain_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return retval;
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
 }

 int spw_open (int mode)
 {
-	return commonio_open (&shadow_db, mode);
+	int retval = 0;
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	bool use_tcb = getdef_bool ("USE_TCB");
+
+	if (use_tcb && (shadowtcb_drop_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
+	retval = commonio_open (&shadow_db, mode);
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	if (use_tcb && (shadowtcb_gain_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
+	return retval;
 }

 /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct spwd *spw_locate (const char *name)
@@ -155,12 +205,45 @@ int spw_rewind (void)

 int spw_close (void)
 {
-	return commonio_close (&shadow_db);
+	int retval = 0;
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	bool use_tcb = getdef_bool ("USE_TCB");
+
+	if (use_tcb && (shadowtcb_drop_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
+	retval = commonio_close (&shadow_db);
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	if (use_tcb && (shadowtcb_gain_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
+	return retval;
 }

 int spw_unlock (void)
 {
-	return commonio_unlock (&shadow_db);
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	int retval = 0;
+
+	if (!getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
+		return commonio_unlock (&shadow_db);
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	}
+	if (shadowtcb_drop_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (ulckpwdf_tcb () == 0) {
+		shadow_db.locked = 0;
+		retval = 1;
+	}
+	if (shadowtcb_gain_priv () == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return retval;
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
 }

 struct commonio_entry *__spw_get_head (void)
@@ -176,5 +259,10 @@ void __spw_del_entry (const struct commonio_entry *ent)
 /* Sort with respect to passwd ordering. */
 int spw_sort ()
 {
+#ifdef WITH_TCB
+	if (getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_TCB */
 	return commonio_sort_wrt (&shadow_db, __pw_get_db ());
 }
--- a/lib/shadowio.h
+++ b/lib/shadowio.h
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
 */

 /* $Id$ */
-#ifndef _SHADOWIO_H
-#define _SHADOWIO_H
+#ifndef SHADOWIO_H
+#define SHADOWIO_H

 #include "defines.h"

--- a/lib/shadowmem.c
+++ b/lib/shadowmem.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
 * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2013, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -49,13 +49,28 @@
 	if (NULL == sp) {
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	*sp = *spent;
-	sp->sp_namp = strdup (spent->sp_namp);
+	/* The libc might define other fields. They won't be copied. */
+	memset (sp, 0, sizeof *sp);
+	sp->sp_lstchg = spent->sp_lstchg;
+	sp->sp_min    = spent->sp_min;
+	sp->sp_max    = spent->sp_max;
+	sp->sp_warn   = spent->sp_warn;
+	sp->sp_inact  = spent->sp_inact;
+	sp->sp_expire = spent->sp_expire;
+	sp->sp_flag   = spent->sp_flag;
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
+	sp->sp_namp   = strdup (spent->sp_namp);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == sp->sp_namp) {
+		free(sp);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	/*@-mustfreeonly@*/
 	sp->sp_pwdp = strdup (spent->sp_pwdp);
+	/*@=mustfreeonly@*/
 	if (NULL == sp->sp_pwdp) {
+		free(sp->sp_namp);
+		free(sp);
 		return NULL;
 	}

@@ -65,8 +80,10 @@
 void spw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct spwd *spent)
 {
 	free (spent->sp_namp);
-	memzero (spent->sp_pwdp, strlen (spent->sp_pwdp));
-	free (spent->sp_pwdp);
+	if (NULL != spent->sp_pwdp) {
+		memzero (spent->sp_pwdp, strlen (spent->sp_pwdp));
+		free (spent->sp_pwdp);
+	}
 	free (spent);
 }

--- a/lib/spawn.c
+++ b/lib/spawn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011       , Jonathan Nieder
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "exitcodes.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+int run_command (const char *cmd, const char *argv[],
+                 /*@null@*/const char *envp[], /*@out@*/int *status)
+{
+	pid_t pid, wpid;
+
+	if (NULL == envp) {
+		envp = (const char **)environ;
+	}
+
+	(void) fflush (stdout);
+	(void) fflush (stderr);
+
+	pid = fork ();
+	if (0 == pid) {
+		(void) execve (cmd, (char * const *) argv,
+		               (char * const *) envp);
+		if (ENOENT == errno) {
+			exit (E_CMD_NOTFOUND);
+		}
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: cannot execute %s: %s\n",
+		         Prog, cmd, strerror (errno));
+		exit (E_CMD_NOEXEC);
+	} else if ((pid_t)-1 == pid) {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: cannot execute %s: %s\n",
+		         Prog, cmd, strerror (errno));
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	do {
+		wpid = waitpid (pid, status, 0);
+		if ((pid_t)-1 == wpid && errno == ECHILD)
+			break;
+	} while (   ((pid_t)-1 == wpid && errno == EINTR)
+	         || ((pid_t)-1 != wpid && wpid != pid));
+
+	if ((pid_t)-1 == wpid) {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: waitpid (status: %d): %s\n",
+		         Prog, *status, strerror (errno));
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
--- a/lib/sssd.c
+++ b/lib/sssd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* Author: Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com> */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#ifdef USE_SSSD
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "exitcodes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "sssd.h"
+
+#define MSG_SSSD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED "%s: Failed to flush the sssd cache.\n"
+
+int sssd_flush_cache (int dbflags)
+{
+	int status, code, rv;
+	const char *cmd = "/usr/sbin/sss_cache";
+	char *sss_cache_args = NULL;
+	const char *spawnedArgs[] = {"sss_cache", NULL, NULL};
+	const char *spawnedEnv[] = {NULL};
+	int i = 0;
+
+	sss_cache_args = malloc(4);
+	if (sss_cache_args == NULL) {
+	    return -1;
+	}
+
+	sss_cache_args[i++] = '-';
+	if (dbflags & SSSD_DB_PASSWD) {
+		sss_cache_args[i++] = 'U';
+	}
+	if (dbflags & SSSD_DB_GROUP) {
+		sss_cache_args[i++] = 'G';
+	}
+	sss_cache_args[i++] = '\0';
+	if (i == 2) {
+		/* Neither passwd nor group, nothing to do */
+		free(sss_cache_args);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	spawnedArgs[1] = sss_cache_args;
+
+	rv = run_command (cmd, spawnedArgs, spawnedEnv, &status);
+	free(sss_cache_args);
+	if (rv != 0) {
+		/* run_command writes its own more detailed message. */
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, _(MSG_SSSD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), Prog);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	code = WEXITSTATUS (status);
+	if (!WIFEXITED (status)) {
+		(void) fprintf (stderr,
+		                _("%s: sss_cache did not terminate normally (signal %d)\n"),
+		                Prog, WTERMSIG (status));
+		return -1;
+	} else if (code == E_CMD_NOTFOUND) {
+		/* sss_cache is not installed, or it is installed but uses an
+		   interpreter that is missing.  Probably the former. */
+		return 0;
+	} else if (code != 0) {
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: sss_cache exited with status %d\n"),
+		                Prog, code);
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, _(MSG_SSSD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), Prog);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#else				/* USE_SSSD */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* USE_SSSD */
+
--- a/lib/sssd.h
+++ b/lib/sssd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#ifndef _SSSD_H_
+#define _SSSD_H_
+
+#define SSSD_DB_PASSWD	0x001
+#define SSSD_DB_GROUP	0x002
+
+/*
+ * sssd_flush_cache - flush specified service buffer in sssd cache
+ */
+#ifdef	USE_SSSD
+extern int sssd_flush_cache (int dbflags);
+#else
+#define sssd_flush_cache(service) (0)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
--- a/lib/subordinateio.c
+++ b/lib/subordinateio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,703 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 - Eric Biederman
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "commonio.h"
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+struct subordinate_range {
+	const char *owner;
+	unsigned long start;
+	unsigned long count;
+};
+
+#define NFIELDS 3
+
+/*
+ * subordinate_dup: create a duplicate range
+ *
+ * @ent: a pointer to a subordinate_range struct
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to a newly allocated duplicate subordinate_range struct
+ * or NULL on failure
+ */
+static /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/void *subordinate_dup (const void *ent)
+{
+	const struct subordinate_range *rangeent = ent;
+	struct subordinate_range *range;
+
+	range = (struct subordinate_range *) malloc (sizeof *range);
+	if (NULL == range) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	range->owner = strdup (rangeent->owner);
+	if (NULL == range->owner) {
+		free(range);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	range->start = rangeent->start;
+	range->count = rangeent->count;
+
+	return range;
+}
+
+/*
+ * subordinate_free: free a subordinate_range struct
+ *
+ * @ent: pointer to a subordinate_range struct to free.
+ */
+static void subordinate_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/void *ent)
+{
+	struct subordinate_range *rangeent = ent;
+	
+	free ((void *)(rangeent->owner));
+	free (rangeent);
+}
+
+/*
+ * subordinate_parse:
+ *
+ * @line: a line to parse
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to a subordinate_range struct representing the values
+ * in @line, or NULL on failure.  Note that the returned value should not
+ * be freed by the caller.
+ */
+static void *subordinate_parse (const char *line)
+{
+	static struct subordinate_range range;
+	static char rangebuf[1024];
+	int i;
+	char *cp;
+	char *fields[NFIELDS];
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy the string to a temporary buffer so the substrings can
+	 * be modified to be NULL terminated.
+	 */
+	if (strlen (line) >= sizeof rangebuf)
+		return NULL;	/* fail if too long */
+	strcpy (rangebuf, line);
+
+	/*
+	 * Save a pointer to the start of each colon separated
+	 * field.  The fields are converted into NUL terminated strings.
+	 */
+
+	for (cp = rangebuf, i = 0; (i < NFIELDS) && (NULL != cp); i++) {
+		fields[i] = cp;
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && (':' != *cp)) {
+			cp++;
+		}
+
+		if ('\0' != *cp) {
+			*cp = '\0';
+			cp++;
+		} else {
+			cp = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * There must be exactly NFIELDS colon separated fields or
+	 * the entry is invalid.  Also, fields must be non-blank.
+	 */
+	if (i != NFIELDS || *fields[0] == '\0' || *fields[1] == '\0' || *fields[2] == '\0')
+		return NULL;
+	range.owner = fields[0];
+	if (getulong (fields[1], &range.start) == 0)
+		return NULL;
+	if (getulong (fields[2], &range.count) == 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	return &range;
+}
+
+/*
+ * subordinate_put: print a subordinate_range value to a file
+ *
+ * @ent: a pointer to a subordinate_range struct to print out.
+ * @file: file to which to print.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+static int subordinate_put (const void *ent, FILE * file)
+{
+	const struct subordinate_range *range = ent;
+
+	return fprintf(file, "%s:%lu:%lu\n",
+			       range->owner,
+			       range->start,
+			       range->count) < 0 ? -1  : 0;
+}
+
+static struct commonio_ops subordinate_ops = {
+	subordinate_dup,	/* dup */
+	subordinate_free,	/* free */
+	NULL,			/* getname */
+	subordinate_parse,	/* parse */
+	subordinate_put,	/* put */
+	fgets,			/* fgets */
+	fputs,			/* fputs */
+	NULL,			/* open_hook */
+	NULL,			/* close_hook */
+};
+
+static /*@observer@*/ /*@null*/const struct subordinate_range *subordinate_next(struct commonio_db *db)
+{
+	return (const struct subordinate_range *)commonio_next (db);
+}
+
+/*
+ * range_exists: Check whether @owner owns any ranges
+ *
+ * @db: database to query
+ * @owner: owner being queried
+ *
+ * Returns true if @owner owns any subuid ranges, false otherwise.
+ */
+static const bool range_exists(struct commonio_db *db, const char *owner)
+{
+	const struct subordinate_range *range;
+	commonio_rewind(db);
+	while ((range = commonio_next(db)) != NULL) {
+		if (0 == strcmp(range->owner, owner))
+			return true;
+	}
+	return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * find_range: find a range which @owner is authorized to use which includes
+ *             subuid @val.
+ *
+ * @db: database to query
+ * @owner: owning uid being queried
+ * @val: subuid being searched for.
+ *
+ * Returns a range of subuids belonging to @owner and including the subuid
+ * @val, or NULL if no such range exists.
+ */
+static const struct subordinate_range *find_range(struct commonio_db *db,
+						  const char *owner, unsigned long val)
+{
+	const struct subordinate_range *range;
+
+	/*
+	 * Search for exact username/group specification
+	 *
+	 * This is the original method - go fast through the db, doing only
+	 * exact username/group string comparison. Therefore we leave it as-is
+	 * for the time being, in order to keep it equally fast as it was
+	 * before.
+	 */
+	commonio_rewind(db);
+	while ((range = commonio_next(db)) != NULL) {
+		unsigned long first = range->start;
+		unsigned long last = first + range->count - 1;
+
+		if (0 != strcmp(range->owner, owner))
+			continue;
+
+		if ((val >= first) && (val <= last))
+			return range;
+	}
+
+
+        /*
+         * We only do special handling for these two files
+         */
+        if ((0 != strcmp(db->filename, "/etc/subuid")) && (0 != strcmp(db->filename, "/etc/subgid")))
+                return NULL;
+
+        /*
+         * Search loop above did not produce any result. Let's rerun it,
+         * but this time try to match actual UIDs. The first entry that
+         * matches is considered a success.
+         * (It may be specified as literal UID or as another username which
+         * has the same UID as the username we are looking for.)
+         */
+        struct passwd *pwd;
+        uid_t          owner_uid;
+        char           owner_uid_string[33] = "";
+
+
+        /* Get UID of the username we are looking for */
+        pwd = getpwnam(owner);
+        if (NULL == pwd) {
+                /* Username not defined in /etc/passwd, or error occured during lookup */
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        owner_uid = pwd->pw_uid;
+        sprintf(owner_uid_string, "%lu", (unsigned long int)owner_uid);
+
+        commonio_rewind(db);
+        while ((range = commonio_next(db)) != NULL) {
+                unsigned long first = range->start;
+                unsigned long last = first + range->count - 1;
+
+                /* For performance reasons check range before using getpwnam() */
+                if ((val < first) || (val > last)) {
+                        continue;
+                }
+
+                /*
+                 * Range matches. Check if range owner is specified
+                 * as numeric UID and if it matches.
+                 */
+                if (0 == strcmp(range->owner, owner_uid_string)) {
+                        return range;
+                }
+
+                /*
+                 * Ok, this range owner is not specified as numeric UID
+                 * we are looking for. It may be specified as another
+                 * UID or as a literal username.
+                 *
+                 * If specified as another UID, the call to getpwnam()
+                 * will return NULL.
+                 *
+                 * If specified as literal username, we will get its
+                 * UID and compare that to UID we are looking for.
+                 */
+                const struct passwd *range_owner_pwd;
+
+                range_owner_pwd = getpwnam(range->owner);
+                if (NULL == range_owner_pwd) {
+                        continue;
+                }
+
+                if (owner_uid == range_owner_pwd->pw_uid) {
+                        return range;
+                }
+        }
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * have_range: check whether @owner is authorized to use the range
+ *             (@start .. @start+@count-1).
+ * @db: database to check
+ * @owner: owning uid being queried
+ * @start: start of range
+ * @count: number of uids in range
+ *
+ * Returns true if @owner is authorized to use the range, false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool have_range(struct commonio_db *db,
+		       const char *owner, unsigned long start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	const struct subordinate_range *range;
+	unsigned long end;
+
+	if (count == 0)
+		return false;
+
+	end = start + count - 1;
+	range = find_range (db, owner, start);
+	while (range) {
+		unsigned long last; 
+
+		last = range->start + range->count - 1;
+		if (last >= (start + count - 1))
+			return true;
+
+		count = end - last;
+		start = last + 1;
+		range = find_range(db, owner, start);
+	}
+	return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * subordinate_range_cmp: compare uid ranges
+ *
+ * @p1: pointer to a commonio_entry struct to compare
+ * @p2: pointer to second commonio_entry struct to compare
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if the entries are the same.  Otherwise return -1
+ * if the range in p1 is lower than that in p2, or (if the ranges are
+ * equal) if the owning uid in p1 is lower than p2's.  Return 1 if p1's
+ * range or owning uid is great than p2's.
+ */
+static int subordinate_range_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+	struct subordinate_range *range1, *range2;
+
+	if ((*(struct commonio_entry **) p1)->eptr == NULL)
+		return 1;
+	if ((*(struct commonio_entry **) p2)->eptr == NULL)
+		return -1;
+
+	range1 = ((struct subordinate_range *) (*(struct commonio_entry **) p1)->eptr);
+	range2 = ((struct subordinate_range *) (*(struct commonio_entry **) p2)->eptr);
+
+	if (range1->start < range2->start)
+		return -1;
+	else if (range1->start > range2->start)
+		return 1;
+	else if (range1->count < range2->count)
+		return -1;
+	else if (range1->count > range2->count)
+		return 1;
+	else
+		return strcmp(range1->owner, range2->owner);
+}
+
+/*
+ * find_free_range: find an unused consecutive sequence of ids to allocate
+ *                  to a user.
+ * @db: database to search
+ * @min: the first uid in the range to find
+ * @max: the highest uid to find
+ * @count: the number of uids needed
+ *
+ * Return the lowest new uid, or ULONG_MAX on failure.
+ */
+static unsigned long find_free_range(struct commonio_db *db,
+				     unsigned long min, unsigned long max,
+				     unsigned long count)
+{
+	const struct subordinate_range *range;
+	unsigned long low, high;
+
+	/* When given invalid parameters fail */
+	if ((count == 0) || (max < min))
+		goto fail;
+
+	/* Sort by range then by owner */
+	commonio_sort (db, subordinate_range_cmp);
+	commonio_rewind(db);
+
+	low = min;
+	while ((range = commonio_next(db)) != NULL) {
+		unsigned long first = range->start;
+		unsigned long last = first + range->count - 1;
+
+		/* Find the top end of the hole before this range */
+		high = first;
+
+		/* Don't allocate IDs after max (included) */
+		if (high > max + 1) {
+			high = max + 1;
+		}
+
+		/* Is the hole before this range large enough? */
+		if ((high > low) && ((high - low) >= count))
+			return low;
+
+		/* Compute the low end of the next hole */
+		if (low < (last + 1))
+			low = last + 1;
+		if (low > max)
+			goto fail;
+	}
+
+	/* Is the remaining unclaimed area large enough? */
+	if (((max - low) + 1) >= count)
+		return low;
+fail:
+	return ULONG_MAX;
+}
+
+/*
+ * add_range: add a subuid range to an owning uid's list of authorized
+ *            subuids.
+ * @db: database to which to add
+ * @owner: uid which owns the subuid
+ * @start: the first uid in the owned range
+ * @count: the number of uids in the range
+ *
+ * Return 1 if the range is already present or on success.  On error
+ * return 0 and set errno appropriately.
+ */
+static int add_range(struct commonio_db *db,
+	const char *owner, unsigned long start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	struct subordinate_range range;
+	range.owner = owner;
+	range.start = start;
+	range.count = count;
+
+	/* See if the range is already present */
+	if (have_range(db, owner, start, count))
+		return 1;
+
+	/* Otherwise append the range */
+	return commonio_append(db, &range);
+}
+
+/*
+ * remove_range:  remove a range of subuids from an owning uid's list
+ *                of authorized subuids.
+ * @db: database to work on
+ * @owner: owning uid whose range is being removed
+ * @start: start of the range to be removed
+ * @count: number of uids in the range.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success.  Failure means that we needed to
+ * create a new range to represent the new limits, and failed doing so.
+ */
+static int remove_range (struct commonio_db *db,
+                         const char *owner,
+                         unsigned long start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	struct commonio_entry *ent;
+	unsigned long end;
+
+	if (count == 0) {
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	end = start + count - 1;
+	for (ent = db->head; NULL != ent; ent = ent->next) {
+		struct subordinate_range *range = ent->eptr;
+		unsigned long first;
+		unsigned long last;
+
+		/* Skip unparsed entries */
+		if (NULL == range) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		first = range->start;
+		last = first + range->count - 1;
+
+		/* Skip entries with a different owner */
+		if (0 != strcmp (range->owner, owner)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Skip entries outside of the range to remove */
+		if ((end < first) || (start > last)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (start <= first) {
+			if (end >= last) {
+				/* to be removed: [start,      end]
+				 * range:           [first, last] */
+				/* entry completely contained in the
+				 * range to remove */
+				commonio_del_entry (db, ent);
+			} else {
+				/* to be removed: [start,  end]
+				 * range:           [first, last] */
+				/* Remove only the start of the entry */
+				range->start = end + 1;
+				range->count = (last - range->start) + 1;
+
+				ent->changed = true;
+				db->changed = true;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (end >= last) {
+				/* to be removed:   [start,  end]
+				 * range:         [first, last] */
+				/* Remove only the end of the entry */
+				range->count = start - range->start;
+
+				ent->changed = true;
+				db->changed = true;
+			} else {
+				/* to be removed:   [start, end]
+				 * range:         [first,    last] */
+				/* Remove the middle of the range
+				 * This requires to create a new range */
+				struct subordinate_range tail;
+				tail.owner = range->owner;
+				tail.start = end + 1;
+				tail.count = (last - tail.start) + 1;
+
+				if (commonio_append (db, &tail) == 0) {
+					return 0;
+				}
+
+				range->count = start - range->start;
+
+				ent->changed = true;
+				db->changed = true;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static struct commonio_db subordinate_uid_db = {
+	"/etc/subuid",		/* filename */
+	&subordinate_ops,	/* ops */
+	NULL,			/* fp */
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	NULL,			/* scontext */
+#endif
+	0644,                   /* st_mode */
+	0,                      /* st_uid */
+	0,                      /* st_gid */
+	NULL,			/* head */
+	NULL,			/* tail */
+	NULL,			/* cursor */
+	false,			/* changed */
+	false,			/* isopen */
+	false,			/* locked */
+	false,			/* readonly */
+	false			/* setname */
+};
+
+int sub_uid_setdbname (const char *filename)
+{
+	return commonio_setname (&subordinate_uid_db, filename);
+}
+
+/*@observer@*/const char *sub_uid_dbname (void)
+{
+	return subordinate_uid_db.filename;
+}
+
+bool sub_uid_file_present (void)
+{
+	return commonio_present (&subordinate_uid_db);
+}
+
+int sub_uid_lock (void)
+{
+	return commonio_lock (&subordinate_uid_db);
+}
+
+int sub_uid_open (int mode)
+{
+	return commonio_open (&subordinate_uid_db, mode);
+}
+
+bool sub_uid_assigned(const char *owner)
+{
+	return range_exists (&subordinate_uid_db, owner);
+}
+
+bool have_sub_uids(const char *owner, uid_t start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	return have_range (&subordinate_uid_db, owner, start, count);
+}
+
+int sub_uid_add (const char *owner, uid_t start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	return add_range (&subordinate_uid_db, owner, start, count);
+}
+
+int sub_uid_remove (const char *owner, uid_t start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	return remove_range (&subordinate_uid_db, owner, start, count);
+}
+
+int sub_uid_close (void)
+{
+	return commonio_close (&subordinate_uid_db);
+}
+
+int sub_uid_unlock (void)
+{
+	return commonio_unlock (&subordinate_uid_db);
+}
+
+uid_t sub_uid_find_free_range(uid_t min, uid_t max, unsigned long count)
+{
+	unsigned long start;
+	start = find_free_range (&subordinate_uid_db, min, max, count);
+	return start == ULONG_MAX ? (uid_t) -1 : start;
+}
+
+static struct commonio_db subordinate_gid_db = {
+	"/etc/subgid",		/* filename */
+	&subordinate_ops,	/* ops */
+	NULL,			/* fp */
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	NULL,			/* scontext */
+#endif
+	0644,                   /* st_mode */
+	0,                      /* st_uid */
+	0,                      /* st_gid */
+	NULL,			/* head */
+	NULL,			/* tail */
+	NULL,			/* cursor */
+	false,			/* changed */
+	false,			/* isopen */
+	false,			/* locked */
+	false,			/* readonly */
+	false			/* setname */
+};
+
+int sub_gid_setdbname (const char *filename)
+{
+	return commonio_setname (&subordinate_gid_db, filename);
+}
+
+/*@observer@*/const char *sub_gid_dbname (void)
+{
+	return subordinate_gid_db.filename;
+}
+
+bool sub_gid_file_present (void)
+{
+	return commonio_present (&subordinate_gid_db);
+}
+
+int sub_gid_lock (void)
+{
+	return commonio_lock (&subordinate_gid_db);
+}
+
+int sub_gid_open (int mode)
+{
+	return commonio_open (&subordinate_gid_db, mode);
+}
+
+bool have_sub_gids(const char *owner, gid_t start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	return have_range(&subordinate_gid_db, owner, start, count);
+}
+
+bool sub_gid_assigned(const char *owner)
+{
+	return range_exists (&subordinate_gid_db, owner);
+}
+
+int sub_gid_add (const char *owner, gid_t start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	return add_range (&subordinate_gid_db, owner, start, count);
+}
+
+int sub_gid_remove (const char *owner, gid_t start, unsigned long count)
+{
+	return remove_range (&subordinate_gid_db, owner, start, count);
+}
+
+int sub_gid_close (void)
+{
+	return commonio_close (&subordinate_gid_db);
+}
+
+int sub_gid_unlock (void)
+{
+	return commonio_unlock (&subordinate_gid_db);
+}
+
+gid_t sub_gid_find_free_range(gid_t min, gid_t max, unsigned long count)
+{
+	unsigned long start;
+	start = find_free_range (&subordinate_gid_db, min, max, count);
+	return start == ULONG_MAX ? (gid_t) -1 : start;
+}
+#else				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
--- a/lib/subordinateio.h
+++ b/lib/subordinateio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012- Eric W. Biederman
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SUBORDINATEIO_H
+#define _SUBORDINATEIO_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+extern int sub_uid_close(void);
+extern bool have_sub_uids(const char *owner, uid_t start, unsigned long count);
+extern bool sub_uid_file_present (void);
+extern bool sub_uid_assigned(const char *owner);
+extern int sub_uid_lock (void);
+extern int sub_uid_setdbname (const char *filename);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *sub_uid_dbname (void);
+extern int sub_uid_open (int mode);
+extern int sub_uid_unlock (void);
+extern int sub_uid_add (const char *owner, uid_t start, unsigned long count);
+extern int sub_uid_remove (const char *owner, uid_t start, unsigned long count);
+extern uid_t sub_uid_find_free_range(uid_t min, uid_t max, unsigned long count);
+
+extern int sub_gid_close(void);
+extern bool have_sub_gids(const char *owner, gid_t start, unsigned long count);
+extern bool sub_gid_file_present (void);
+extern bool sub_gid_assigned(const char *owner);
+extern int sub_gid_lock (void);
+extern int sub_gid_setdbname (const char *filename);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *sub_gid_dbname (void);
+extern int sub_gid_open (int mode);
+extern int sub_gid_unlock (void);
+extern int sub_gid_add (const char *owner, gid_t start, unsigned long count);
+extern int sub_gid_remove (const char *owner, gid_t start, unsigned long count);
+extern uid_t sub_gid_find_free_range(gid_t min, gid_t max, unsigned long count);
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/tcbfuncs.c
+++ b/lib/tcbfuncs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001 Rafal Wojtczuk, Solar Designer
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <tcb.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowio.h"
+#include "tcbfuncs.h"
+
+#define SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY 1000
+#define SHADOWTCB_LOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
+
+static /*@null@*//*@only@*/char *stored_tcb_user = NULL;
+
+shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_drop_priv (void)
+{
+	if (!getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != stored_tcb_user) {
+		if (tcb_drop_priv (stored_tcb_user) == 0) {
+			return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+}
+
+shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_gain_priv (void)
+{
+	if (!getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	return (tcb_gain_priv () == 0) ? SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS : SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+}
+
+/* In case something goes wrong, we return immediately, not polluting the
+ * code with free(). All errors are fatal, so the application is expected
+ * to exit soon.
+ */
+#define OUT_OF_MEMORY do { \
+	fprintf (stderr, _("%s: out of memory\n"), Prog); \
+	(void) fflush (stderr); \
+} while (false)
+
+/* Returns user's tcb directory path relative to TCB_DIR. */
+static /*@null@*/ char *shadowtcb_path_rel (const char *name, uid_t uid)
+{
+	char *ret;
+
+	if (!getdef_bool ("TCB_SYMLINKS") || uid < SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY) {
+		if (asprintf (&ret, "%s", name) == -1) {
+			OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	} else if (uid < SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY * SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY) {
+		if (asprintf (&ret, ":%dK/%s",
+		              uid / SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY, name) == -1) {
+			OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (asprintf (&ret, ":%dM/:%dK/%s",
+		              uid / (SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY * SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY),
+		              (uid % (SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY * SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY)) / SHADOWTCB_HASH_BY,
+			name) == -1) {
+			OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static /*@null@*/ char *shadowtcb_path_rel_existing (const char *name)
+{
+	char *path, *rval;
+	struct stat st;
+	char link[8192];
+	ssize_t ret;
+
+	if (asprintf (&path, TCB_DIR "/%s", name) == -1) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	if (lstat (path, &st) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot stat %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, path, strerror (errno));
+		free (path);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	if (S_ISDIR (st.st_mode)) {
+		free (path);
+		rval = strdup (name);
+		if (NULL == rval) {
+			OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		return rval;
+	}
+	if (!S_ISLNK (st.st_mode)) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: %s is neither a directory, nor a symlink.\n"),
+		         Prog, path);
+		free (path);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	ret = readlink (path, link, sizeof (link) - 1);
+	if (-1 == ret) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot read symbolic link %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, path, strerror (errno));
+		free (path);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	free (path);
+	if ((size_t)ret >= sizeof(link) - 1) {
+		link[sizeof(link) - 1] = '\0';
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Suspiciously long symlink: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, link);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	link[(size_t)ret] = '\0';
+	rval = strdup (link);
+	if (NULL == rval) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	return rval;
+}
+
+static /*@null@*/ char *shadowtcb_path (const char *name, uid_t uid)
+{
+	char *ret, *rel;
+
+	rel = shadowtcb_path_rel (name, uid);
+	if (NULL == rel) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	if (asprintf (&ret, TCB_DIR "/%s", rel) == -1) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		free (rel);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	free (rel);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static /*@null@*/ char *shadowtcb_path_existing (const char *name)
+{
+	char *ret, *rel;
+
+	rel = shadowtcb_path_rel_existing (name);
+	if (NULL == rel) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	if (asprintf (&ret, TCB_DIR "/%s", rel) == -1) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		free (rel);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	free (rel);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static shadowtcb_status mkdir_leading (const char *name, uid_t uid)
+{
+	char *ind, *dir, *ptr, *path = shadowtcb_path_rel (name, uid);
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (NULL == path) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	ptr = path;
+	if (stat (TCB_DIR, &st) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot stat %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, TCB_DIR, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free_path;
+	}
+	while ((ind = strchr (ptr, '/'))) {
+		*ind = '\0';
+		if (asprintf (&dir, TCB_DIR "/%s", path) == -1) {
+			OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+			return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+		}
+		if ((mkdir (dir, 0700) != 0) && (errno != EEXIST)) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: Cannot create directory %s: %s\n"),
+			         Prog, dir, strerror (errno));
+			goto out_free_dir;
+		}
+		if (chown (dir, 0, st.st_gid) != 0) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: Cannot change owner of %s: %s\n"),
+			         Prog, dir, strerror (errno));
+			goto out_free_dir;
+		}
+		if (chmod (dir, 0711) != 0) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: Cannot change mode of %s: %s\n"),
+			         Prog, dir, strerror (errno));
+			goto out_free_dir;
+		}
+		free (dir);
+		*ind = '/';
+		ptr = ind + 1;
+	}
+	free (path);
+	return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+out_free_dir:
+	free (dir);
+out_free_path:
+	free (path);
+	return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+}
+
+static shadowtcb_status unlink_suffs (const char *user)
+{
+	static char *suffs[] = { "+", "-", SHADOWTCB_LOCK_SUFFIX };
+	char *tmp;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+		if (asprintf (&tmp, TCB_FMT "%s", user, suffs[i]) == -1) {
+			OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+			return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+		}
+		if ((unlink (tmp) != 0) && (errno != ENOENT)) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: unlink: %s: %s\n"),
+			         Prog, tmp, strerror (errno));
+			free (tmp);
+			return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+		}
+		free (tmp);
+	}
+
+	return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/* path should be a relative existing tcb directory */
+static shadowtcb_status rmdir_leading (char *path)
+{
+	char *ind, *dir;
+	shadowtcb_status ret = SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	while ((ind = strrchr (path, '/'))) {
+		*ind = '\0';
+		if (asprintf (&dir, TCB_DIR "/%s", path) == -1) {
+			OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+			return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+		}
+		if (rmdir (dir) != 0) {
+			if (errno != ENOTEMPTY) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: Cannot remove directory %s: %s\n"),
+				         Prog, dir, strerror (errno));
+				ret = SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+			}
+			free (dir);
+			break;
+		}
+		free (dir);
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static shadowtcb_status move_dir (const char *user_newname, uid_t user_newid)
+{
+	char *olddir = NULL, *newdir = NULL;
+	char *real_old_dir = NULL, *real_new_dir = NULL;
+	char *real_old_dir_rel = NULL, *real_new_dir_rel = NULL;
+	uid_t old_uid, the_newid;
+	struct stat oldmode;
+	shadowtcb_status ret = SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+
+	if (NULL == stored_tcb_user) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if (asprintf (&olddir, TCB_DIR "/%s", stored_tcb_user) == -1) {
+		goto out_free_nomem;
+	}
+	if (stat (olddir, &oldmode) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot stat %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, olddir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	old_uid = oldmode.st_uid;
+	the_newid = (user_newid == -1) ? old_uid : user_newid;
+	real_old_dir = shadowtcb_path_existing (stored_tcb_user);
+	if (NULL == real_old_dir) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	real_new_dir = shadowtcb_path (user_newname, the_newid);
+	if (NULL == real_new_dir) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (strcmp (real_old_dir, real_new_dir) == 0) {
+		ret = SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	real_old_dir_rel = shadowtcb_path_rel_existing (stored_tcb_user);
+	if (NULL == real_old_dir_rel) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (mkdir_leading (user_newname, the_newid) == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (rename (real_old_dir, real_new_dir) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot rename %s to %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, real_old_dir, real_new_dir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (rmdir_leading (real_old_dir_rel) == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if ((unlink (olddir) != 0) && (errno != ENOENT)) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot remove %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, olddir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (asprintf (&newdir, TCB_DIR "/%s", user_newname) == -1) {
+		goto out_free_nomem;
+	}
+	real_new_dir_rel = shadowtcb_path_rel (user_newname, the_newid);
+	if (NULL == real_new_dir_rel) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (   (strcmp (real_new_dir, newdir) != 0)
+	    && (symlink (real_new_dir_rel, newdir) != 0)) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot create symbolic link %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, real_new_dir_rel, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	ret = SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	goto out_free;
+out_free_nomem:
+	OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+out_free:
+	free (olddir);
+	free (newdir);
+	free (real_old_dir);
+	free (real_new_dir);
+	free (real_old_dir_rel);
+	free (real_new_dir_rel);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_set_user (const char* name)
+{
+	char *buf;
+	shadowtcb_status retval;
+
+	if (!getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != stored_tcb_user) {
+		free (stored_tcb_user);
+	}
+
+	stored_tcb_user = strdup (name);
+	if (NULL == stored_tcb_user) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if (asprintf (&buf, TCB_FMT, name) == -1) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	retval = (spw_setdbname (buf) != 0) ? SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS : SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	free (buf);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/* tcb directory must be empty before shadowtcb_remove is called. */
+shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_remove (const char *name)
+{
+	shadowtcb_status ret = SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	char *path = shadowtcb_path_existing (name);
+	char *rel = shadowtcb_path_rel_existing (name);
+	if ((NULL == path) || (NULL == rel) || (rmdir (path) != 0)) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if (rmdir_leading (rel) == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	free (path);
+	free (rel);
+	if (asprintf (&path, TCB_DIR "/%s", name) == -1) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if ((unlink (path) != 0) && (errno != ENOENT)) {
+		ret = SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	free (path);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_move (/*@NULL@*/const char *user_newname, uid_t user_newid)
+{
+	struct stat dirmode, filemode;
+	char *tcbdir, *shadow;
+	shadowtcb_status ret = SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+
+	if (!getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	}
+	if (NULL == stored_tcb_user) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if (NULL == user_newname) {
+		user_newname = stored_tcb_user;
+	}
+	if (move_dir (user_newname, user_newid) == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if (-1 == user_newid) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	}
+	if (   (asprintf (&tcbdir, TCB_DIR "/%s", user_newname) == -1)
+	    || (asprintf (&shadow, TCB_FMT, user_newname) == -1)) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if (stat (tcbdir, &dirmode) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot stat %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, tcbdir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (chown (tcbdir, 0, 0) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot change owners of %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, tcbdir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (chmod (tcbdir, 0700) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot change mode of %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, tcbdir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (lstat (shadow, &filemode) != 0) {
+		if (errno != ENOENT) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: Cannot lstat %s: %s\n"),
+			         Prog, shadow, strerror (errno));
+			goto out_free;
+		}
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Warning, user %s has no tcb shadow file.\n"),
+		         Prog, user_newname);
+	} else {
+		if (!S_ISREG (filemode.st_mode) ||
+			filemode.st_nlink != 1) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: Emergency: %s's tcb shadow is not a "
+			           "regular file with st_nlink=1.\n"
+			           "The account is left locked.\n"),
+			         Prog, user_newname);
+			goto out_free;
+		}
+		if (chown (shadow, user_newid, filemode.st_gid) != 0) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: Cannot change owner of %s: %s\n"),
+			         Prog, shadow, strerror (errno));
+			goto out_free;
+		}
+		if (chmod (shadow, filemode.st_mode & 07777) != 0) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: Cannot change mode of %s: %s\n"),
+			         Prog, shadow, strerror (errno));
+			goto out_free;
+		}
+	}
+	if (unlink_suffs (user_newname) == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (chown (tcbdir, user_newid, dirmode.st_gid) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot change owner of %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, tcbdir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	ret = SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+out_free:
+	free (tcbdir);
+	free (shadow);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_create (const char *name, uid_t uid)
+{
+	char *dir, *shadow;
+	struct stat tcbdir_stat;
+	gid_t shadowgid, authgid;
+	struct group *gr;
+	int fd;
+	shadowtcb_status ret = SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+
+	if (!getdef_bool ("USE_TCB")) {
+		return SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+	}
+	if (stat (TCB_DIR, &tcbdir_stat) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot stat %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, TCB_DIR, strerror (errno));
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	shadowgid = tcbdir_stat.st_gid;
+	authgid = shadowgid;
+	if (getdef_bool ("TCB_AUTH_GROUP")) {
+		gr = getgrnam ("auth");
+		if (NULL != gr) {
+			authgid = gr->gr_gid;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (   (asprintf (&dir, TCB_DIR "/%s", name) == -1)
+	    || (asprintf (&shadow, TCB_FMT, name) == -1)) {
+		OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		return SHADOWTCB_FAILURE;
+	}
+	if (mkdir (dir, 0700) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: mkdir: %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, dir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	fd = open (shadow, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, 0600);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot open %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, shadow, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	close (fd);
+	if (chown (shadow, 0, authgid) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot change owner of %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, shadow, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (chmod (shadow, (mode_t) ((authgid == shadowgid) ? 0600 : 0640)) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot change mode of %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, shadow, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (chown (dir, 0, authgid) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot change owner of %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, dir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (chmod (dir, (mode_t) ((authgid == shadowgid) ? 02700 : 02710)) != 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Cannot change mode of %s: %s\n"),
+		         Prog, dir, strerror (errno));
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	if (   (shadowtcb_set_user (name) == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE)
+	    || (shadowtcb_move (NULL, uid) == SHADOWTCB_FAILURE)) {
+		goto out_free;
+	}
+	ret = SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS;
+out_free:
+	free (dir);
+	free (shadow);
+	return ret;
+}
+
--- a/lib/tcbfuncs.h
+++ b/lib/tcbfuncs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef _TCBFUNCS_H
+#define _TCBFUNCS_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+typedef enum {
+	SHADOWTCB_FAILURE = 0,
+	SHADOWTCB_SUCCESS = 1
+} shadowtcb_status;
+
+extern shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_drop_priv (void);
+extern shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_gain_priv (void);
+extern shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_set_user (const char *name);
+extern shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_remove (const char *name);
+extern shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_move (/*@null@*/const char *user_newname,
+                                        uid_t user_newid);
+extern shadowtcb_status shadowtcb_create (const char *name, uid_t uid);
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/utent.c
+++ b/lib/utent.c
@@ -88,25 +88,6 @@ struct utmp *getutent (void)

 	return &utmp_buf;
 }
-
-/*
- * getutline - get the utmp entry matching ut_line
- */
-
-struct utmp *getutline (const struct utmp *utent)
-{
-	struct utmp save;
-	struct utmp *new;
-
-	save = *utent;
-	while (new = getutent ())
-		if (strncmp (new->ut_line, save.ut_line, sizeof new->ut_line))
-			continue;
-		else
-			return new;
-
-	return (struct utmp *) 0;
-}
 #else
 extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
 #endif
--- a/libmisc/Makefile.am
+++ b/libmisc/Makefile.am
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

 EXTRA_DIST = .indent.pro xgetXXbyYY.c

-INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib

 noinst_LIBRARIES = libmisc.a

@@ -23,14 +23,18 @@ libmisc_a_SOURCES = \
 	env.c \
 	failure.c \
 	failure.h \
-	fields.c \
 	find_new_gid.c \
 	find_new_uid.c \
+	find_new_sub_gids.c \
+	find_new_sub_uids.c \
 	getdate.h \
 	getdate.y \
 	getgr_nam_gid.c \
 	getrange.c \
+	gettime.c \
 	hushed.c \
+	idmapping.h \
+	idmapping.c \
 	isexpired.c \
 	limits.c \
 	list.c log.c \
@@ -40,16 +44,18 @@ libmisc_a_SOURCES = \
 	myname.c \
 	obscure.c \
 	pam_pass.c \
-	pam_pass_non_interractive.c \
+	pam_pass_non_interactive.c \
+	prefix_flag.c \
 	pwd2spwd.c \
 	pwdcheck.c \
 	pwd_init.c \
+	remove_tree.c \
 	rlogin.c \
+	root_flag.c \
 	salt.c \
 	setugid.c \
 	setupenv.c \
 	shell.c \
-	system.c \
 	strtoday.c \
 	sub.c \
 	sulog.c \
@@ -66,3 +72,8 @@ libmisc_a_SOURCES = \
 	xgetspnam.c \
 	xmalloc.c \
 	yesno.c
+
+if WITH_BTRFS
+libmisc_a_SOURCES += btrfs.c
+endif
+
--- a/libmisc/addgrps.c
+++ b/libmisc/addgrps.c
@@ -71,7 +71,11 @@ int add_groups (const char *list)
 			return -1;
 		}
 		ngroups = getgroups (i, grouplist);
-		if ((-1 == ngroups) || (i > (size_t)ngroups)) {
+		if (   (   (-1 == ngroups)
+		        && (EINVAL != errno))
+		    || (i > (size_t)ngroups)) {
+			/* Unexpected failure of getgroups or successful
+			 * reception of the groups */
 			break;
 		}
 		/* not enough room, so try allocating a larger buffer */
--- a/libmisc/audit_help.c
+++ b/libmisc/audit_help.c
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ void audit_help_open (void)
 * id  -  uid or gid that the operation is being performed on. This is used
 *	  only when user is NULL.
 */
-void audit_logger (int type, const char *pgname, const char *op,
+void audit_logger (int type, unused const char *pgname, const char *op,
                   const char *name, unsigned int id,
                   shadow_audit_result result)
 {
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ void audit_logger (int type, const char *pgname, const char *op,
 		return;
 	} else {
 		audit_log_acct_message (audit_fd, type, NULL, op, name, id,
-					NULL, NULL, NULL, (int) result);
+		                        NULL, NULL, NULL, (int) result);
 	}
 }

--- a/libmisc/basename.c
+++ b/libmisc/basename.c
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@

 #include "defines.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"
-char *Basename (char *str)
+/*@observer@*/const char *Basename (const char *str)
 {
 	char *cp = strrchr (str, '/');

-	return cp ? cp + 1 : str;
+	return (NULL != cp) ? cp + 1 : str;
 }
--- a/libmisc/btrfs.c
+++ b/libmisc/btrfs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+#include <linux/btrfs_tree.h>
+#include <linux/magic.h>
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+static bool path_exists(const char *p)
+{
+	int ret;
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	return stat(p, &sb) == 0;
+}
+
+static const char *btrfs_cmd(void)
+{
+	const char *btrfs_paths[] = {"/sbin/btrfs",
+		"/bin/btrfs", "/usr/sbin/btrfs", "/usr/bin/btrfs", NULL};
+	const char *p;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0, p = btrfs_paths[i]; p; i++, p = btrfs_paths[i])
+		if (path_exists(p))
+			return p;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static int run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd(const char *subcmd, const char *arg1, const char *arg2)
+{
+	int status = 0;
+	const char *cmd = btrfs_cmd();
+	const char *argv[] = {
+		"btrfs",
+		"subvolume",
+		subcmd,
+		arg1,
+		arg2,
+		NULL
+	};
+
+	if (access(cmd, X_OK)) {
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	if (run_command(cmd, argv, NULL, &status))
+		return -1;
+	return status;
+}
+
+
+int btrfs_create_subvolume(const char *path)
+{
+	return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("create", path, NULL);
+}
+
+
+int btrfs_remove_subvolume(const char *path)
+{
+	return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("delete", "-C", path);
+}
+
+
+/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
+/*
+ * This intentionally duplicates btrfs_util_is_subvolume_fd() instead of opening
+ * a file descriptor and calling it, because fstat() and fstatfs() don't accept
+ * file descriptors opened with O_PATH on old kernels (before v3.6 and before
+ * v3.12, respectively), but stat() and statfs() can be called on a path that
+ * the user doesn't have read or write permissions to.
+ *
+ * returns:
+ *   1 - btrfs subvolume
+ *   0 - not btrfs subvolume
+ *  -1 - error
+ */
+int btrfs_is_subvolume(const char *path)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+	int ret;
+
+	ret = is_btrfs(path);
+	if (ret <= 0)
+		return ret;
+
+	ret = stat(path, &st);
+	if (ret == -1)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (st.st_ino != BTRFS_FIRST_FREE_OBJECTID || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
+int is_btrfs(const char *path)
+{
+	struct statfs sfs;
+	int ret;
+
+	ret = statfs(path, &sfs);
+	if (ret == -1)
+		return -1;
+
+	return sfs.f_type == BTRFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
+}
+
--- a/libmisc/chowndir.c
+++ b/libmisc/chowndir.c
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1992 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 -     , Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -44,59 +45,92 @@
 *
 *	chown_dir() walks a directory tree and changes the ownership
 *	of all files owned by the provided user ID.
+ *
+ *	Only files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp. by old_gid)
+ *	will have their ownership (resp. group-ownership) modified, unless
+ *	old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set to -1.
+ *
+ *	new_uid and new_gid can be set to -1 to indicate that no owner or
+ *	group-owner shall be changed.
 */
-int
-chown_tree (const char *root, uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, gid_t old_gid,
-	    gid_t new_gid)
+int chown_tree (const char *root,
+                uid_t old_uid,
+                uid_t new_uid,
+                gid_t old_gid,
+                gid_t new_gid)
 {
-	char new_name[1024];
+	char *new_name;
+	size_t new_name_len;
 	int rc = 0;
 	struct DIRECT *ent;
 	struct stat sb;
 	DIR *dir;

+	new_name = malloc (1024);
+	if (NULL == new_name) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+	new_name_len = 1024;
+
 	/*
 	 * Make certain the directory exists.  This routine is called
-	 * directory by the invoker, or recursively.
+	 * directly by the invoker, or recursively.
 	 */

-	if (access (root, F_OK) != 0)
+	if (access (root, F_OK) != 0) {
+		free (new_name);
 		return -1;
+	}

 	/*
 	 * Open the directory and read each entry.  Every entry is tested
 	 * to see if it is a directory, and if so this routine is called
-	 * recursively.  If not, it is checked to see if it is owned by
-	 * old user ID.
+	 * recursively.  If not, it is checked to see if an ownership
+	 * shall be changed.
 	 */

-	if (!(dir = opendir (root)))
+	dir = opendir (root);
+	if (NULL == dir) {
+		free (new_name);
 		return -1;
+	}

 	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
+		size_t ent_name_len;
+		uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
+		gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;

 		/*
 		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
 		 */

-		if (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0 ||
-		    strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0)
+		if (   (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0)) {
 			continue;
+		}

 		/*
 		 * Make the filename for both the source and the
 		 * destination files.
 		 */

-		if (strlen (root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2 > sizeof new_name)
-			break;
+		ent_name_len = strlen (root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
+		if (ent_name_len > new_name_len) {
+			/*@only@*/char *tmp = realloc (new_name, ent_name_len);
+			if (NULL == tmp) {
+				rc = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+			new_name = tmp;
+			new_name_len = ent_name_len;
+		}

-		snprintf (new_name, sizeof new_name, "%s/%s", root,
-			  ent->d_name);
+		(void) snprintf (new_name, new_name_len, "%s/%s", root, ent->d_name);

 		/* Don't follow symbolic links! */
-		if (LSTAT (new_name, &sb) == -1)
+		if (LSTAT (new_name, &sb) == -1) {
 			continue;
+		}

 		if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode) && !S_ISLNK (sb.st_mode)) {

@@ -112,25 +146,56 @@ chown_tree (const char *root, uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, gid_t old_gid,
 		}
 #ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
 		/* don't use chown (follows symbolic links!) */
-		if (S_ISLNK (sb.st_mode))
+		if (S_ISLNK (sb.st_mode)) {
 			continue;
+		}
 #endif
-		if (sb.st_uid == old_uid)
-			LCHOWN (new_name, new_uid,
-				sb.st_gid == old_gid ? new_gid : sb.st_gid);
+		/*
+		 * By default, the IDs are not changed (-1).
+		 *
+		 * If the file is not owned by the user, the owner is not
+		 * changed.
+		 *
+		 * If the file is not group-owned by the group, the
+		 * group-owner is not changed.
+		 */
+		if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
+			tmpuid = new_uid;
+		}
+		if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
+			tmpgid = new_gid;
+		}
+		if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
+			rc = LCHOWN (new_name, tmpuid, tmpgid);
+			if (0 != rc) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
 	}
+
+	free (new_name);
 	(void) closedir (dir);

 	/*
 	 * Now do the root of the tree
 	 */

-	if (stat (root, &sb) == 0) {
-		if (sb.st_uid == old_uid) {
-			LCHOWN (root, new_uid,
-			        sb.st_gid == old_gid ? new_gid : sb.st_gid);
+	if ((0 == rc) && (stat (root, &sb) == 0)) {
+		uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
+		gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
+		if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
+			tmpuid = new_uid;
 		}
+		if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
+			tmpgid = new_gid;
+		}
+		if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
+			rc = LCHOWN (root, tmpuid, tmpgid);
+		}
+	} else {
+		rc = -1;
 	}
+
 	return rc;
 }

--- a/libmisc/chowntty.c
+++ b/libmisc/chowntty.c
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ void chown_tty (const struct passwd *info)
 	 */

 	if (   (fchown (STDIN_FILENO, info->pw_uid, gid) != 0)
-	    || (fchmod (STDIN_FILENO, getdef_num ("TTYPERM", 0600)) != 0)) {
+	    || (fchmod (STDIN_FILENO, (mode_t)getdef_num ("TTYPERM", 0600)) != 0)) {
 		int err = errno;

 		fprintf (stderr,
--- a/libmisc/cleanup.c
+++ b/libmisc/cleanup.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -38,8 +38,12 @@
 * The cleanup_functions stack.
 */
 #define CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS 10
+
+typedef /*@null@*/void * parg_t;
+
 static cleanup_function cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
-static void * cleanup_function_args[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
+static parg_t cleanup_function_args[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
+static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;

 /*
 * - Cleanup functions shall not fail.
@@ -53,6 +57,9 @@ static void * cleanup_function_args[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
 /*
 * do_cleanups - perform the actions stored in the cleanup_functions stack.
 *
+ * Cleanup action are not executed on exit of the processes started by the
+ * parent (first caller of add_cleanup).
+ *
 * It is intended to be used as:
 *     atexit (do_cleanups);
 */
@@ -63,6 +70,10 @@ void do_cleanups (void)
 	/* Make sure there were no overflow */
 	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-1]);

+	if (getpid () != cleanup_pid) {
+		return;
+	}
+
 	i = CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS;
 	do {
 		i--;
@@ -75,13 +86,17 @@ void do_cleanups (void)
 /*
 * add_cleanup - Add a cleanup_function to the cleanup_functions stack.
 */
-void add_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg)
+void add_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg)
 {
 	unsigned int i;
 	assert (NULL != pcf);

 	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-2]);

+	if (0 == cleanup_pid) {
+		cleanup_pid = getpid ();
+	}
+
 	/* Add the cleanup_function at the end of the stack */
 	for (i=0; NULL != cleanup_functions[i]; i++);
 	cleanup_functions[i] = pcf;
@@ -91,7 +106,7 @@ void add_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg)
 /*
 * del_cleanup - Remove a cleanup_function from the cleanup_functions stack.
 */
-void del_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf)
+void del_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf)
 {
 	unsigned int i;
 	assert (NULL != pcf);
@@ -109,7 +124,8 @@ void del_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf)
 	/* Move the rest of the cleanup functions */
 	for (; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
 		/* Make sure the cleanup function was specified only once */
-		assert (cleanup_functions[i+1] != pcf);
+		assert (   (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1))
+		        || (cleanup_functions[i+1] != pcf));

 		if (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1)) {
 			cleanup_functions[i] = NULL;
--- a/libmisc/console.c
+++ b/libmisc/console.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1991       , Chip Rosenthal
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def);
 static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def)
 {
 	FILE *fp;
-	char buf[200], *cons, *s;
+	char buf[1024], *s;
+	const char *cons;

 	/*
 	 * If the CONSOLE configuration definition isn't given,
@@ -68,13 +69,16 @@ static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def)
 	 */

 	if (*cons != '/') {
-		strcpy (buf, cons);
-		while ((s = strtok (buf, ":")) != NULL) {
+		char *pbuf;
+		strncpy (buf, cons, sizeof (buf));
+		buf[sizeof (buf) - 1] = '\0';
+		pbuf = &buf[0];
+		while ((s = strtok (pbuf, ":")) != NULL) {
 			if (strcmp (s, tty) == 0) {
 				return true;
 			}

-			cons = NULL;
+			pbuf = NULL;
 		}
 		return false;
 	}
--- a/libmisc/copydir.c
+++ b/libmisc/copydir.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -44,7 +44,19 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 #include <selinux/selinux.h>
-#endif
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <attr/error_context.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+#include <acl/libacl.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+#include <attr/libattr.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+
+
 static /*@null@*/const char *src_orig;
 static /*@null@*/const char *dst_orig;

@@ -58,66 +70,73 @@ struct link_name {
 static /*@exposed@*/struct link_name *links;

 static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                       long int uid, long int gid);
+                       bool reset_selinux,
+                       uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                       gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
 static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                     bool reset_selinux,
                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                     long int uid, long int gid);
+                     uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                     gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
 #ifdef	S_IFLNK
-static char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename);
+static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename);
 static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                         unused bool reset_selinux,
                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                         long int uid, long int gid);
-#endif
-static int copy_hardlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+#endif				/* S_IFLNK */
+static int copy_hardlink (const char *dst,
+                          unused bool reset_selinux,
                          struct link_name *lp);
-static int copy_special (const char *dst,
+static int copy_special (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                         bool reset_selinux,
                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                         long int uid, long int gid);
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
 static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                      bool reset_selinux,
                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                      long int uid, long int gid);
+                      uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                      gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int chown_if_needed (const char *dst, const struct stat *statp,
+                            uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                            gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int lchown_if_needed (const char *dst, const struct stat *statp,
+                             uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                             gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int fchown_if_needed (int fdst, const struct stat *statp,
+                             uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                             gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);

-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
 /*
- * selinux_file_context - Set the security context before any file or
- *                        directory creation.
- *
- *	selinux_file_context () should be called before any creation of file,
- *	symlink, directory, ...
- *
- *	Callers may have to Reset SELinux to create files with default
- *	contexts:
- *		setfscreatecon (NULL);
+ * error_acl - format the error messages for the ACL and EQ libraries.
 */
-int selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name)
+static void error_acl (struct error_context *ctx, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
-	static bool selinux_checked = false;
-	static bool selinux_enabled;
-	security_context_t scontext = NULL;
+	va_list ap;

-	if (!selinux_checked) {
-		selinux_enabled = is_selinux_enabled () > 0;
-		selinux_checked = true;
+	/* ignore the case when destination does not support ACLs 
+	 * or extended attributes */
+	if (ENOTSUP == errno) {
+		errno = 0;
+		return;
 	}

-	if (selinux_enabled) {
-		/* Get the default security context for this file */
-		if (matchpathcon (dst_name, 0, &scontext) < 0) {
-			if (security_getenforce () != 0) {
-				return 1;
-			}
-		}
-		/* Set the security context for the next created file */
-		if (setfscreatecon (scontext) < 0) {
-			if (security_getenforce () != 0) {
-				return 1;
-			}
-		}
-		freecon (scontext);
+	va_start (ap, fmt);
+	(void) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: "), Prog);
+	if (vfprintf (stderr, fmt, ap) != 0) {
+		(void) fputs (_(": "), stderr);
 	}
-	return 0;
+	(void) fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", strerror (errno));
+	va_end (ap);
 }
-#endif
+
+static struct error_context ctx = {
+	error_acl
+};
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */

 /*
 * remove_link - delete a link from the linked list
@@ -184,7 +203,7 @@ static /*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, c
 	lp->ln_count = sb->st_nlink;
 	len = name_len - src_len + dst_len + 1;
 	lp->ln_name = (char *) xmalloc (len);
-	snprintf (lp->ln_name, len, "%s%s", dst_orig, name + src_len);
+	(void) snprintf (lp->ln_name, len, "%s%s", dst_orig, name + src_len);
 	lp->ln_next = links;
 	links = lp;

@@ -196,15 +215,49 @@ static /*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, c
 *
 *	copy_tree() walks a directory tree and copies ordinary files
 *	as it goes.
+ *
+ *	When reset_selinux is enabled, extended attributes (and thus
+ *	SELinux attributes) are not copied.
+ *
+ *	old_uid and new_uid are used to set the ownership of the copied
+ *	files. Unless old_uid is set to -1, only the files owned by
+ *	old_uid have their ownership changed to new_uid. In addition, if
+ *	new_uid is set to -1, no ownership will be changed.
+ *
+ *	The same logic applies for the group-ownership and
+ *	old_gid/new_gid.
 */
 int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
-               long int uid, long int gid)
+               bool copy_root, bool reset_selinux,
+               uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+               gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;
 	bool set_orig = false;
 	struct DIRECT *ent;
 	DIR *dir;

+	if (copy_root) {
+		struct stat sb;
+		if (access (dst_root, F_OK) == 0) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		if (LSTAT (src_root, &sb) == -1) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		if (!S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         "%s: %s is not a directory",
+			         Prog, src_root);
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		return copy_entry (src_root, dst_root, reset_selinux,
+		                   old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Make certain both directories exist.  This routine is called
 	 * after the home directory is created, or recursively after the
@@ -256,12 +309,15 @@ int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
 				 * Build the filename for both the source and
 				 * the destination files.
 				 */
-				snprintf (src_name, src_len, "%s/%s",
-				          src_root, ent->d_name);
-				snprintf (dst_name, dst_len, "%s/%s",
-				          dst_root, ent->d_name);
+				(void) snprintf (src_name, src_len, "%s/%s",
+				                 src_root, ent->d_name);
+				(void) snprintf (dst_name, dst_len, "%s/%s",
+				                 dst_root, ent->d_name);

-				err = copy_entry (src_name, dst_name, uid, gid);
+				err = copy_entry (src_name, dst_name,
+				                  reset_selinux,
+				                  old_uid, new_uid,
+				                  old_gid, new_gid);
 			}
 			if (NULL != src_name) {
 				free (src_name);
@@ -276,16 +332,25 @@ int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
 	if (set_orig) {
 		src_orig = NULL;
 		dst_orig = NULL;
+		/* FIXME: clean links
+		 * Since there can be hardlinks elsewhere on the device,
+		 * we cannot check that all the hardlinks were found:
+		assert (NULL == links);
+		 */
 	}

 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	/* Reset SELinux to create files with default contexts */
-	setfscreatecon (NULL);
-#endif
-
-	/* FIXME: with the call to remove_link, we could also check that
-	 *        no links remain in links.
-	 * assert (NULL == links); */
+	/* Reset SELinux to create files with default contexts.
+	 * Note that the context is only reset on exit of copy_tree (it is
+	 * assumed that the program would quit without needing a restored
+	 * context if copy_tree failed previously), and that copy_tree can
+	 * be called recursively (hence the context is set on the
+	 * sub-functions of copy_entry).
+	 */
+	if (reset_selinux_file_context () != 0) {
+		err = -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */

 	return err;
 }
@@ -300,13 +365,19 @@ int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
 *
 *	The access and modification time will not be modified.
 *
- *	The permissions will be set to uid/gid.
+ *	The permissions will be set to new_uid/new_gid.
 *
- *	If uid (resp. gid) is equal to -1, the user (resp. group) will
+ *	If new_uid (resp. new_gid) is equal to -1, the user (resp. group) will
 *	not be modified.
+ *
+ *	Only the files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp.
+ *	old_gid) will be modified, unless old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set
+ *	to -1.
 */
 static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                       long int uid, long int gid)
+                       bool reset_selinux,
+                       uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                       gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;
 	struct stat sb;
@@ -319,29 +390,30 @@ static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
 #ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM
 		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atim.tv_sec;
 		mt[0].tv_usec = sb.st_atim.tv_nsec / 1000;
-#else
+#else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */
 		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atime;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
 		mt[0].tv_usec = sb.st_atimensec / 1000;
-#else
+# else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
 		mt[0].tv_usec = 0;
-#endif
-#endif
+# endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
+#endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */

 #ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM
 		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtim.tv_sec;
 		mt[1].tv_usec = sb.st_mtim.tv_nsec / 1000;
-#else
+#else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */
 		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtime;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC
 		mt[1].tv_usec = sb.st_mtimensec / 1000;
-#else
+# else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
 		mt[1].tv_usec = 0;
-#endif
-#endif
+# endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
+#endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */

 		if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
-			err = copy_dir (src, dst, &sb, mt, uid, gid);
+			err = copy_dir (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
 		}

 #ifdef	S_IFLNK
@@ -350,16 +422,17 @@ static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
 		 */

 		else if (S_ISLNK (sb.st_mode)) {
-			err = copy_symlink (src, dst, &sb, mt, uid, gid);
+			err = copy_symlink (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                    old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
 		}
-#endif
+#endif				/* S_IFLNK */

 		/*
 		 * See if this is a previously copied link
 		 */

 		else if ((lp = check_link (src, &sb)) != NULL) {
-			err = copy_hardlink (src, dst, lp);
+			err = copy_hardlink (dst, reset_selinux, lp);
 		}

 		/*
@@ -369,7 +442,8 @@ static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
 		 */

 		else if (!S_ISREG (sb.st_mode)) {
-			err = copy_special (dst, &sb, mt, uid, gid);
+			err = copy_special (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                    old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
 		}

 		/*
@@ -378,7 +452,8 @@ static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
 		 */

 		else {
-			err = copy_file (src, dst, &sb, mt, uid, gid);
+			err = copy_file (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                 old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
 		}
 	}

@@ -390,14 +465,16 @@ static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
 *
 *	Copy a directory (recursively) from src to dst.
 *
- *	statp, mt, uid, gid are used to set the access and modification and the
- *	access rights.
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
 *
 *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
 */
 static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                     bool reset_selinux,
                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                     long int uid, long int gid)
+                     uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                     gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;

@@ -407,14 +484,33 @@ static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	 */

 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	selinux_file_context (dst);
-#endif
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
 	if (   (mkdir (dst, statp->st_mode) != 0)
-	    || (chown (dst,
-	               (uid == - 1) ? statp->st_uid : (uid_t) uid,
-	               (gid == - 1) ? statp->st_gid : (gid_t) gid) != 0)
+	    || (chown_if_needed (dst, statp,
+	                         old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+	    || (   (perm_copy_file (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#else				/* !WITH_ACL */
 	    || (chmod (dst, statp->st_mode) != 0)
-	    || (copy_tree (src, dst, uid, gid) != 0)
+#endif				/* !WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+	/*
+	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
+	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
+	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
+	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
+	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
+	 */
+	    || (   !reset_selinux
+	        && (attr_copy_file (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+	    || (copy_tree (src, dst, false, reset_selinux,
+	                   old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
 	    || (utimes (dst, mt) != 0)) {
 		err = -1;
 	}
@@ -429,11 +525,11 @@ static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
 * return NULL on error.
 * The return string shall be freed by the caller.
 */
-static char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
+static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
 {
 	size_t size = 1024;

-	while (1) {
+	while (true) {
 		ssize_t nchars;
 		char *buffer = (char *) malloc (size);
 		if (NULL == buffer) {
@@ -443,10 +539,11 @@ static char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
 		nchars = readlink (filename, buffer, size);

 		if (nchars < 0) {
+			free(buffer);
 			return NULL;
 		}

-		if ( (size_t) nchars < size) { /* The buffer was large enough */
+		if ((size_t) nchars < size) { /* The buffer was large enough */
 			/* readlink does not nul-terminate */
 			buffer[nchars] = '\0';
 			return buffer;
@@ -463,14 +560,16 @@ static char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
 *
 *	Copy a symlink from src to dst.
 *
- *	statp, mt, uid, gid are used to set the access and modification and the
- *	access rights.
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
 *
 *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
 */
 static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                         unused bool reset_selinux,
                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                         long int uid, long int gid)
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
 {
 	char *oldlink;

@@ -494,25 +593,33 @@ static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	/* If src was a link to an entry of the src_orig directory itself,
 	 * create a link to the corresponding entry in the dst_orig
 	 * directory.
-	 * FIXME: This may change a relative link to an absolute link
 	 */
 	if (strncmp (oldlink, src_orig, strlen (src_orig)) == 0) {
 		size_t len = strlen (dst_orig) + strlen (oldlink) - strlen (src_orig) + 1;
-		char *dummy = (char *) malloc (len);
-		snprintf (dummy, len, "%s%s",
-		          dst_orig,
-		          oldlink + strlen (src_orig));
+		char *dummy = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+		(void) snprintf (dummy, len, "%s%s",
+		                 dst_orig,
+		                 oldlink + strlen (src_orig));
 		free (oldlink);
 		oldlink = dummy;
 	}

 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	selinux_file_context (dst);
-#endif
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst) != 0) {
+		free (oldlink);
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
 	if (   (symlink (oldlink, dst) != 0)
-	    || (lchown (dst,
-	                (uid == -1) ? statp->st_uid : (uid_t) uid,
-	                (gid == -1) ? statp->st_gid : (gid_t) gid) != 0)) {
+	    || (lchown_if_needed (dst, statp,
+	                          old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)) {
+		/* FIXME: there are no modes on symlinks, right?
+		 *        ACL could be copied, but this would be much more
+		 *        complex than calling perm_copy_file.
+		 *        Ditto for Extended Attributes.
+		 *        We currently only document that ACL and Extended
+		 *        Attributes are not copied.
+		 */
 		free (oldlink);
 		return -1;
 	}
@@ -524,12 +631,12 @@ static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	 *  it returns ENOSYS on many system
 	 *  - not implemented
 	 */
-	lutimes (dst, mt);
-#endif
+	(void) lutimes (dst, mt);
+#endif				/* HAVE_LUTIMES */

 	return 0;
 }
-#endif
+#endif				/* S_IFLNK */

 /*
 * copy_hardlink - copy a hardlink
@@ -538,23 +645,18 @@ static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
 *
 *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
 */
-static int copy_hardlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
+static int copy_hardlink (const char *dst,
+                          unused bool reset_selinux,
                          struct link_name *lp)
 {
-	/* TODO: selinux needed? */
+	/* FIXME: selinux, ACL, Extended Attributes needed? */

 	if (link (lp->ln_name, dst) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}

-	/* FIXME: why is it unlinked? This is a copy, not a move */
-	if (unlink (src) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* FIXME: idem, although it may never be used again */
 	/* If the file could be unlinked, decrement the links counter,
-	 * and delete the file if it was the last reference */
+	 * and forget about this link if it was the last reference */
 	lp->ln_count--;
 	if (lp->ln_count <= 0) {
 		remove_link (lp);
@@ -568,26 +670,46 @@ static int copy_hardlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
 *
 *	Copy a special file from src to dst.
 *
- *	statp, mt, uid, gid are used to set the access and modification and the
- *	access rights.
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
 *
 *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
 */
-static int copy_special (const char *dst,
+static int copy_special (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                         bool reset_selinux,
                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                         long int uid, long int gid)
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;

 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	selinux_file_context (dst);
-#endif
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */

 	if (   (mknod (dst, statp->st_mode & ~07777, statp->st_rdev) != 0)
-	    || (chown (dst,
-	               (uid == -1) ? statp->st_uid : (uid_t) uid,
-	               (gid == -1) ? statp->st_gid : (gid_t) gid) != 0)
+	    || (chown_if_needed (dst, statp,
+	                         old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+	    || (   (perm_copy_file (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#else				/* !WITH_ACL */
 	    || (chmod (dst, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)
+#endif				/* !WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+	/*
+	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
+	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
+	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
+	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
+	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
+	 */
+	    || (   !reset_selinux
+	        && (attr_copy_file (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
 	    || (utimes (dst, mt) != 0)) {
 		err = -1;
 	}
@@ -600,14 +722,16 @@ static int copy_special (const char *dst,
 *
 *	Copy a file from src to dst.
 *
- *	statp, mt, uid, gid are used to set the access and modification and the
- *	access rights.
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
 *
 *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
 */
 static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
+                      bool reset_selinux,
                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
-                      long int uid, long int gid)
+                      uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                      gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;
 	int ifd;
@@ -620,20 +744,40 @@ static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
 		return -1;
 	}
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	selinux_file_context (dst);
-#endif
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
 	ofd = open (dst, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, statp->st_mode & 07777);
 	if (   (ofd < 0)
-	    || (fchown (ofd,
-	                (uid == -1) ? statp->st_uid : (uid_t) uid,
-	                (gid == -1) ? statp->st_gid : (gid_t) gid) != 0)
-	    || (fchmod (ofd, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)) {
+	    || (fchown_if_needed (ofd, statp,
+	                          old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+	    || (   (perm_copy_fd (src, ifd, dst, ofd, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#else				/* !WITH_ACL */
+	    || (fchmod (ofd, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)
+#endif				/* !WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+	/*
+	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
+	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
+	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
+	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
+	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
+	 */
+	    || (   !reset_selinux
+	        && (attr_copy_fd (src, ifd, dst, ofd, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+	   ) {
 		(void) close (ifd);
 		return -1;
 	}

 	while ((cnt = read (ifd, buf, sizeof buf)) > 0) {
 		if (write (ofd, buf, (size_t)cnt) != cnt) {
+			(void) close (ifd);
 			return -1;
 		}
 	}
@@ -644,7 +788,7 @@ static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	if (futimes (ofd, mt) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}
-#endif
+#endif				/* HAVE_FUTIMES */

 	if (close (ofd) != 0) {
 		return -1;
@@ -654,97 +798,42 @@ static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	if (utimes(dst, mt) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}
-#endif
+#endif				/* !HAVE_FUTIMES */

 	return err;
 }

-/*
- * remove_tree - delete a directory tree
- *
- *	remove_tree() walks a directory tree and deletes all the files
- *	and directories.
- *	At the end, it deletes the root directory itself.
- */
-
-int remove_tree (const char *root)
-{
-	char *new_name = NULL;
-	int err = 0;
-	struct DIRECT *ent;
-	struct stat sb;
-	DIR *dir;
-
-	/*
-	 * Open the source directory and read each entry.  Every file
-	 * entry in the directory is copied with the UID and GID set
-	 * to the provided values.  As an added security feature only
-	 * regular files (and directories ...) are copied, and no file
-	 * is made set-ID.
-	 */
-	dir = opendir (root);
-	if (NULL == dir) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
-		size_t new_len = strlen (root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
-
-		/*
-		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
-		 */
-
-		if (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0 ||
-		    strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Make the filename for the current entry.
-		 */
-
-		if (NULL != new_name) {
-			free (new_name);
-		}
-		new_name = (char *) malloc (new_len);
-		if (NULL == new_name) {
-			err = -1;
-			break;
-		}
-		snprintf (new_name, new_len, "%s/%s", root, ent->d_name);
-		if (LSTAT (new_name, &sb) == -1) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
-			/*
-			 * Recursively delete this directory.
-			 */
-			if (remove_tree (new_name) != 0) {
-				err = -1;
-				break;
-			}
-		} else {
-			/*
-			 * Delete the file.
-			 */
-			if (unlink (new_name) != 0) {
-				err = -1;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	if (NULL != new_name) {
-		free (new_name);
-	}
-	(void) closedir (dir);
-
-	if (0 == err) {
-		if (rmdir (root) != 0) {
-			err = -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return err;
+#define def_chown_if_needed(chown_function, type_dst)                  \
+static int chown_function ## _if_needed (type_dst dst,                 \
+                                         const struct stat *statp,     \
+                                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, \
+                                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid) \
+{                                                                      \
+	uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;                                     \
+	gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;                                     \
+                                                                       \
+	/* Use new_uid if old_uid is set to -1 or if the file was      \
+	 * owned by the user. */                                       \
+	if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (statp->st_uid == old_uid)) {   \
+		tmpuid = new_uid;                                      \
+	}                                                              \
+	/* Otherwise, or if new_uid was set to -1, we keep the same    \
+	 * owner. */                                                   \
+	if ((uid_t) -1 == tmpuid) {                                    \
+		tmpuid = statp->st_uid;                                \
+	}                                                              \
+                                                                       \
+	if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (statp->st_gid == old_gid)) {   \
+		tmpgid = new_gid;                                      \
+	}                                                              \
+	if ((gid_t) -1 == tmpgid) {                                    \
+		tmpgid = statp->st_gid;                                \
+	}                                                              \
+                                                                       \
+	return chown_function (dst, tmpuid, tmpgid);                   \
 }

+def_chown_if_needed (chown, const char *)
+def_chown_if_needed (lchown, const char *)
+def_chown_if_needed (fchown, int)
+
--- a/libmisc/env.c
+++ b/libmisc/env.c
@@ -115,6 +115,9 @@ void addenv (const char *string, /*@null@*/const char *value)

 	n = (size_t) (cp - newstring);

+	/*
+	 * If this environment variable is already set, change its value.
+	 */
 	for (i = 0; i < newenvc; i++) {
 		if (   (strncmp (newstring, newenvp[i], n) == 0)
 		    && (('=' == newenvp[i][n]) || ('\0' == newenvp[i][n]))) {
@@ -128,8 +131,15 @@ void addenv (const char *string, /*@null@*/const char *value)
 		return;
 	}

+	/*
+	 * Otherwise, save the new environment variable
+	 */
 	newenvp[newenvc++] = newstring;

+	/*
+	 * And extend the environment if needed.
+	 */
+
 	/*
 	 * Check whether newenvc is a multiple of NEWENVP_STEP.
 	 * If so we have to resize the vector.
@@ -143,14 +153,14 @@ void addenv (const char *string, /*@null@*/const char *value)
 		size_t newsize;

 		/*
-		 * If the resize operation succeds we can
+		 * If the resize operation succeeds we can
 		 * happily go on, else print a message.
 		 */

 		newsize = (newenvc + NEWENVP_STEP) * sizeof (char *);
 		__newenvp = (char **) realloc (newenvp, newsize);

-		if (__newenvp) {
+		if (NULL != __newenvp) {
 			/*
 			 * If this is our current environment, update
 			 * environ so that it doesn't point to some
@@ -251,7 +261,7 @@ void sanitize_env (void)
 			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) != 0) {
 				continue;
 			}
-			if (strchr (*cur, '/') != NULL) {
+			if (strchr (*cur, '/') == NULL) {
 				continue;	/* OK */
 			}
 			for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
--- a/libmisc/failure.c
+++ b/libmisc/failure.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2002 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -273,12 +273,14 @@ void failprint (const struct faillog *fail)
 		lasttime++;
 	}
 #endif
+	/*@-formatconst@*/
 	(void) printf (ngettext ("%d failure since last login.\n"
 	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
 	                         "%d failures since last login.\n"
 	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
 	                         (unsigned long) fail->fail_cnt),
 	               fail->fail_cnt, lasttime, fail->fail_line);
+	/*@=formatconst@*/
 }

 /*
@@ -296,7 +298,7 @@ void failtmp (const char *username,
 #endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
    )
 {
-	char *ftmp;
+	const char *ftmp;
 	int fd;

 	/*
--- a/libmisc/failure.h
+++ b/libmisc/failure.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ extern int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed);
 extern void failprint (const struct faillog *);

 /*
- * failtmp - update the cummulative failure log
+ * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
 *
 *	failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
 *	maintains a record of all login failures.
--- a/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
 * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -32,11 +33,123 @@

 #include <assert.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>

 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "groupio.h"
 #include "getdef.h"

+/*
+ * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
+ *
+ * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
+ *
+ * 0: The function completed successfully
+ * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
+ *
+ * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
+ * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
+ */
+static int get_ranges (bool sys_group, gid_t *min_id, gid_t *max_id,
+		       gid_t *preferred_min)
+{
+	gid_t gid_def_max = 0;
+
+	if (sys_group) {
+		/* System groups */
+
+		/* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
+		*preferred_min = (gid_t) 1;
+
+		/* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
+		*min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MIN", 101UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * If SYS_GID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
+		 * less than the GID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
+		 */
+		gid_def_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
+		*max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MAX",
+				(unsigned long) gid_def_max);
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+                            _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_GID_MIN (%lu), "
+                              "GID_MIN (%lu), SYS_GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+                            Prog, (unsigned long) *min_id,
+                            getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL),
+                            (unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* Non-system groups */
+
+		/* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
+		*min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL);
+		*max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MAX", 60000UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
+		 * for non-system groups.
+		 */
+		*preferred_min = *min_id;
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+					_("%s: Invalid configuration: GID_MIN (%lu), "
+					  "GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+					Prog, (unsigned long) *min_id,
+					(unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * check_gid - See if the requested GID is available
+ *
+ * On success, return 0
+ * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
+ * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
+ * In other cases, return errno from getgrgid()
+ */
+static int check_gid (const gid_t gid,
+		      const gid_t gid_min,
+		      const gid_t gid_max,
+		      bool *used_gids)
+{
+	/* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
+	if (gid < gid_min || gid > gid_max) {
+		return ERANGE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check whether we already detected this GID
+	 * using the gr_next() loop
+	 */
+	if (used_gids != NULL && used_gids[gid]) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	}
+	/* Check if the GID exists according to NSS */
+	errno = 0;
+	if (prefix_getgrgid (gid) != NULL) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	} else {
+		/* getgrgid() was NULL
+		 * we have to ignore errors as temporary
+		 * failures of remote user identity services
+		 * would completely block user/group creation
+		 */
+	}
+
+	/* If we've made it here, the GID must be available */
+	return 0;
+}
+
 /*
 * find_new_gid - Find a new unused GID.
 *
@@ -48,137 +161,338 @@
 * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
 */
 int find_new_gid (bool sys_group,
-                  gid_t *gid,
-                  /*@null@*/gid_t const *preferred_gid)
+                 gid_t *gid,
+                 /*@null@*/gid_t const *preferred_gid)
 {
-	const struct group *grp;
-	gid_t gid_min, gid_max, group_id, id;
 	bool *used_gids;
+	const struct group *grp;
+	gid_t gid_min, gid_max, preferred_min;
+	gid_t group_id, id;
+	gid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
+	int result;
+	int nospam = 0;

-	assert (gid != NULL);
+	assert(gid != NULL);

-	if (!sys_group) {
-		gid_min = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL);
-		gid_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MAX", 60000UL);
-	} else {
-		gid_min = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MIN", 101UL);
-		gid_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
-		gid_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MAX", (unsigned long) gid_max);
-	}
-	used_gids = alloca (sizeof (bool) * (gid_max +1));
-	memset (used_gids, false, sizeof (bool) * (gid_max + 1));
-
-	if (   (NULL != preferred_gid)
-	    && (*preferred_gid >= gid_min)
-	    && (*preferred_gid <= gid_max)
-	    /* Check if the user exists according to NSS */
-	    && (getgrgid (*preferred_gid) == NULL)
-	    /* Check also the local database in case of uncommitted
-	     * changes */
-	    && (gr_locate_gid (*preferred_gid) == NULL)) {
-		*gid = *preferred_gid;
-		return 0;
+	/*
+	 * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
+	 * automatic assignment
+	 */
+	result = get_ranges (sys_group, &gid_min, &gid_max, &preferred_min);
+	if (result == EINVAL) {
+		return -1;
 	}

+	/* Check if the preferred GID is available */
+	if (preferred_gid) {
+		result = check_gid (*preferred_gid, preferred_min, gid_max, NULL);
+		if (result == 0) {
+			/*
+			 * Make sure the GID isn't queued for use already
+			 */
+			if (gr_locate_gid (*preferred_gid) == NULL) {
+				*gid = *preferred_gid;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * gr_locate_gid() found the GID in an as-yet uncommitted
+			 * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set a GID.
+			 */
+		} else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
+			/*
+			 * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
+			 * treat these two cases differently.
+			 */
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
+			 * this and fail the group creation.
+			 * This differs from the automatic creation
+			 * behavior below, since if a specific GID was
+			 * requested and generated an error, the user is
+			 * more likely to want to stop and address the
+			 * issue.
+			 */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				_("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
+				  "preferred GID: %s\n"),
+				Prog, strerror (result));
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}

 	/*
 	 * Search the entire group file,
-	 * looking for the largest unused value.
+	 * looking for the next unused value.
+	 *
+	 * We first check the local database with gr_rewind/gr_next to find
+	 * all local values that are in use.
+	 *
+	 * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
+	 * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
+	 * values beyond the lowest (system groups) or highest (non-system
+	 * groups), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
+	 * deleted group (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
+	 * access to files belonging to that former group).
+	 *
+	 * If there are no GIDs available at the end of the search, we will
+	 * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
 	 *
-	 * We check the list of groups according to NSS (setgrent/getgrent),
-	 * but we also check the local database (gr_rewind/gr_next) in case
-	 * some groups were created but the changes were not committed yet.
 	 */
-	if (sys_group) {
-		/* setgrent / getgrent / endgrent can be very slow with
-		 * LDAP configurations (and many accounts).
-		 * Since there is a limited amount of IDs to be tested
-		 * for system accounts, we just check the existence
-		 * of IDs with getgrgid.
+
+	/* Create an array to hold all of the discovered GIDs */
+	used_gids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (gid_max +1));
+	if (NULL == used_gids) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
+			 Prog, strerror (errno));
+		return -1;
+	}
+	memset (used_gids, false, sizeof (bool) * (gid_max + 1));
+
+	/* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
+	(void) gr_rewind ();
+	highest_found = gid_min;
+	lowest_found = gid_max;
+	while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a lower GID than the lowest we've found
+		 * so far?
 		 */
-		group_id = gid_max;
-		for (id = gid_max; id >= gid_min; id--) {
-			if (getgrgid (id) != NULL) {
-				group_id = id - 1;
-				used_gids[id] = true;
-			}
+		if ((grp->gr_gid <= lowest_found) && (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min)) {
+			lowest_found = grp->gr_gid - 1;
 		}

-		gr_rewind ();
-		while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
-			if ((grp->gr_gid <= group_id) && (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min)) {
-				group_id = grp->gr_gid - 1;
-			}
-			/* create index of used GIDs */
-			if (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
-				used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
-			}
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a higher GID than the highest we've found
+		 * so far?
+		 */
+		if ((grp->gr_gid >= highest_found) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
+			highest_found = grp->gr_gid + 1;
 		}
-	} else {
-		group_id = gid_min;
-		setgrent ();
-		while ((grp = getgrent ()) != NULL) {
-			if ((grp->gr_gid >= group_id) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
-				group_id = grp->gr_gid + 1;
-			}
-			/* create index of used GIDs */
-			if (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
-				used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
-			}
-		}
-		endgrent ();

-		gr_rewind ();
-		while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
-			if ((grp->gr_gid >= group_id) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
-				group_id = grp->gr_gid + 1;
-			}
-			/* create index of used GIDs */
-			if (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
-				used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
-			}
+		/* create index of used GIDs */
+		if (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min
+			&& grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
+
+			used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
 		}
 	}

-	/*
-	 * If a group with GID equal to GID_MAX exists, the above algorithm
-	 * will give us GID_MAX+1 even if not unique. Search for the first
-	 * free GID starting with GID_MIN.
-	 */
 	if (sys_group) {
-		if (group_id == gid_min - 1) {
-			for (group_id = gid_max; group_id >= gid_min; group_id--) {
-				if (false == used_gids[group_id]) {
-					break;
+		/*
+		 * For system groups, we want to start from the
+		 * top of the range and work downwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MIN - 1.
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found < gid_min) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MIN.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to GID_MAX and proceed down
+			 * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			lowest_found = gid_max;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = lowest_found; id >= gid_min; id--) {
+			result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+				*gid = id;
+				free (used_gids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (stderr,
+						_("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						Prog, strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
 				}
-			}
-			if ( group_id < gid_min ) {
-				fprintf (stderr,
-				         _("%s: Can't get unique system GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
-				         Prog);
-				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-				         "no more available GID on the system"));
-				return -1;
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
 			}
 		}
-	} else {
-		if (group_id == gid_max + 1) {
-			for (group_id = gid_min; group_id < gid_max; group_id++) {
-				if (false == used_gids[group_id]) {
-					break;
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MAX,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
+		 * GID_MAX - 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found != gid_max) {
+			for (id = gid_max; id >= gid_min; id--) {
+				result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+					*gid = id;
+					free (used_gids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (stderr,
+							_("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							Prog, strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
 				}
 			}
-			if (group_id == gid_max) {
-				fprintf (stderr,
-				         _("%s: Can't get unique GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
-				         Prog);
-				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available GID on the system"));
-				return -1;
+		}
+	} else { /* !sys_group */
+		/*
+		 * For non-system groups, we want to start from the
+		 * bottom of the range and work upwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MAX + 1.
+		 */
+		if (highest_found > gid_max) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MAX.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to GID_MIN and proceed up
+			 * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			highest_found = gid_min;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = highest_found; id <= gid_max; id++) {
+			result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+				*gid = id;
+				free (used_gids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (stderr,
+						_("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						Prog, strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MIN,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
+		 * GID_MIN + 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (highest_found != gid_min) {
+			for (id = gid_min; id <= gid_max; id++) {
+				result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+					*gid = id;
+					free (used_gids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (stderr,
+							_("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							Prog, strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
+				}
 			}
 		}
 	}

-	*gid = group_id;
-	return 0;
+	/* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		_("%s: Can't get unique GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
+		Prog);
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available GIDs on the system"));
+	free (used_gids);
+	return -1;
 }

--- a/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Eric Biederman
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+/*
+ * find_new_sub_gids - Find a new unused range of GIDs.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_sub_gids provides a range of unused
+ * user IDs in the [SUB_GID_MIN:SUB_GID_MAX] range.
+ * 
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_sub_gids (const char *owner,
+		       gid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
+{
+	unsigned long min, max;
+	unsigned long count;
+	gid_t start;
+
+	assert (range_start != NULL);
+	assert (range_count != NULL);
+
+	min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MIN", 100000UL);
+	max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MAX", 600100000UL);
+	count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_COUNT", 65536);
+
+	if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
+		(void) fprintf (stderr,
+				_("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_GID_MIN (%lu),"
+				  " SUB_GID_MAX (%lu), SUB_GID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
+			Prog, min, max, count);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	start = sub_gid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
+	if (start == (gid_t)-1) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate GID range\n"),
+		         Prog);
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate GIDs on the system"));
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*range_start = start;
+	*range_count = count;
+	return 0;
+}
+#else				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
--- a/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Eric Biederman
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+/*
+ * find_new_sub_uids - Find a new unused range of UIDs.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_sub_uids provides a range of unused
+ * user IDs in the [SUB_UID_MIN:SUB_UID_MAX] range.
+ * 
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_sub_uids (const char *owner,
+		       uid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
+{
+	unsigned long min, max;
+	unsigned long count;
+	uid_t start;
+
+	assert (range_start != NULL);
+	assert (range_count != NULL);
+
+	min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MIN", 100000UL);
+	max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MAX", 600100000UL);
+	count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_COUNT", 65536);
+
+	if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
+		(void) fprintf (stderr,
+				_("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_UID_MIN (%lu),"
+				  " SUB_UID_MAX (%lu), SUB_UID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
+			Prog, min, max, count);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	start = sub_uid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
+	if (start == (uid_t)-1) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate UID range\n"),
+		         Prog);
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate UIDs on the system"));
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*range_start = start;
+	*range_count = count;
+	return 0;
+}
+#else				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
--- a/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
 * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -32,11 +33,123 @@

 #include <assert.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>

 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "pwio.h"
 #include "getdef.h"

+/*
+ * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
+ *
+ * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
+ *
+ * 0: The function completed successfully
+ * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
+ *
+ * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
+ * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
+ */
+static int get_ranges (bool sys_user, uid_t *min_id, uid_t *max_id,
+			uid_t *preferred_min)
+{
+	uid_t uid_def_max = 0;
+
+	if (sys_user) {
+		/* System users */
+
+		/* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
+		*preferred_min = (uid_t) 1;
+
+		/* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
+		*min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MIN", 101UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * If SYS_UID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
+		 * less than the UID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
+		 */
+		uid_def_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
+		*max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MAX",
+				(unsigned long) uid_def_max);
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+                            _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_UID_MIN (%lu), "
+                              "UID_MIN (%lu), SYS_UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+                            Prog, (unsigned long) *min_id,
+                            getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL),
+                            (unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* Non-system users */
+
+		/* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
+		*min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL);
+		*max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MAX", 60000UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
+		 * for non-system users.
+		 */
+		*preferred_min = *min_id;
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+					_("%s: Invalid configuration: UID_MIN (%lu), "
+					  "UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+					Prog, (unsigned long) *min_id,
+					(unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * check_uid - See if the requested UID is available
+ *
+ * On success, return 0
+ * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
+ * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
+ * In other cases, return errno from getpwuid()
+ */
+static int check_uid(const uid_t uid,
+		     const uid_t uid_min,
+		     const uid_t uid_max,
+		     bool *used_uids)
+{
+	/* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
+	if (uid < uid_min || uid > uid_max) {
+		return ERANGE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check whether we already detected this UID
+	 * using the pw_next() loop
+	 */
+	if (used_uids != NULL && used_uids[uid]) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	}
+	/* Check if the UID exists according to NSS */
+	errno = 0;
+	if (prefix_getpwuid(uid) != NULL) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	} else {
+		/* getpwuid() was NULL
+		 * we have to ignore errors as temporary
+		 * failures of remote user identity services
+		 * would completely block user/group creation
+		 */
+	}
+
+	/* If we've made it here, the UID must be available */
+	return 0;
+}
+
 /*
 * find_new_uid - Find a new unused UID.
 *
@@ -47,138 +160,339 @@
 * 
 * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
 */
-int find_new_uid (bool sys_user,
-                  uid_t *uid,
-                  /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid)
+int find_new_uid(bool sys_user,
+                 uid_t *uid,
+                 /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid)
 {
-	const struct passwd *pwd;
-	uid_t uid_min, uid_max, user_id, id;
 	bool *used_uids;
+	const struct passwd *pwd;
+	uid_t uid_min, uid_max, preferred_min;
+	uid_t user_id, id;
+	uid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
+	int result;
+	int nospam = 0;

 	assert (uid != NULL);

-	if (!sys_user) {
-		uid_min = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL);
-		uid_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MAX", 60000UL);
-	} else {
-		uid_min = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MIN", 101UL);
-		uid_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
-		uid_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MAX", (unsigned long) uid_max);
+	/*
+	 * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
+	 * automatic assignment
+	 */
+	result = get_ranges (sys_user, &uid_min, &uid_max, &preferred_min);
+	if (result == EINVAL) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the preferred UID is available */
+	if (preferred_uid) {
+		result = check_uid (*preferred_uid, preferred_min, uid_max, NULL);
+		if (result == 0) {
+			/*
+			 * Make sure the UID isn't queued for use already
+			 */
+			if (pw_locate_uid (*preferred_uid) == NULL) {
+				*uid = *preferred_uid;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * pw_locate_uid() found the UID in an as-yet uncommitted
+			 * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set an UID.
+			 */
+		} else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
+			/*
+			 * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
+			 * treat these two cases differently.
+			 */
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
+			 * this and fail the user creation.
+			 * This differs from the automatic creation
+			 * behavior below, since if a specific UID was
+			 * requested and generated an error, the user is
+			 * more likely to want to stop and address the
+			 * issue.
+			 */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				_("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
+				  "preferred UID: %s\n"),
+				Prog, strerror (result));
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search the entire passwd file,
+	 * looking for the next unused value.
+	 *
+	 * We first check the local database with pw_rewind/pw_next to find
+	 * all local values that are in use.
+	 *
+	 * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
+	 * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
+	 * values beyond the lowest (system users) or highest (non-system
+	 * users), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
+	 * deleted user (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
+	 * access to files belonging to that former user).
+	 *
+	 * If there are no UIDs available at the end of the search, we will
+	 * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
+	 *
+	 */
+
+	/* Create an array to hold all of the discovered UIDs */
+	used_uids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (uid_max +1));
+	if (NULL == used_uids) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
+			 Prog, strerror (errno));
+		return -1;
 	}
-	used_uids = alloca (sizeof (bool) * (uid_max +1));
 	memset (used_uids, false, sizeof (bool) * (uid_max + 1));

-	if (   (NULL != preferred_uid)
-	    && (*preferred_uid >= uid_min)
-	    && (*preferred_uid <= uid_max)
-	    /* Check if the user exists according to NSS */
-	    && (getpwuid (*preferred_uid) == NULL)
-	    /* Check also the local database in case of uncommitted
-	     * changes */
-	    && (pw_locate_uid (*preferred_uid) == NULL)) {
-		*uid = *preferred_uid;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-
-	/*
-	 * Search the entire password file,
-	 * looking for the largest unused value.
-	 *
-	 * We check the list of users according to NSS (setpwent/getpwent),
-	 * but we also check the local database (pw_rewind/pw_next) in case
-	 * some users were created but the changes were not committed yet.
-	 */
-	if (sys_user) {
-		/* setpwent / getpwent / endpwent can be very slow with
-		 * LDAP configurations (and many accounts).
-		 * Since there is a limited amount of IDs to be tested
-		 * for system accounts, we just check the existence
-		 * of IDs with getpwuid.
+	/* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
+	(void) pw_rewind ();
+	highest_found = uid_min;
+	lowest_found = uid_max;
+	while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a lower UID than the lowest we've found
+		 * so far?
 		 */
-		user_id = uid_max;
-		for (id = uid_max; id >= uid_min; id--) {
-			if (getpwuid (id) != NULL) {
-				user_id = id - 1;
-				used_uids[id] = true;
-			}
+		if ((pwd->pw_uid <= lowest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min)) {
+			lowest_found = pwd->pw_uid - 1;
 		}

-		pw_rewind ();
-		while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
-			if ((pwd->pw_uid <= user_id) && (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min)) {
-				user_id = pwd->pw_uid - 1;
-			}
-			/* create index of used UIDs */
-			if (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
-				used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
-			}
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a higher UID than the highest we've found
+		 * so far?
+		 */
+		if ((pwd->pw_uid >= highest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
+			highest_found = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
 		}
-	} else {
-		user_id = uid_min;
-		setpwent ();
-		while ((pwd = getpwent ()) != NULL) {
-			if ((pwd->pw_uid >= user_id) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
-				user_id = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
-			}
-			/* create index of used UIDs */
-			if (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
-				used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
-			}
-		}
-		endpwent ();

-		pw_rewind ();
-		while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
-			if ((pwd->pw_uid >= user_id) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
-				user_id = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
-			}
-			/* create index of used UIDs */
-			if (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
-				used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
-			}
+		/* create index of used UIDs */
+		if (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min
+			&& pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
+
+			used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
 		}
 	}

-	/*
-	 * If a user with UID equal to UID_MAX exists, the above algorithm
-	 * will give us UID_MAX+1 even if not unique. Search for the first
-	 * free UID starting with UID_MIN.
-	 */
 	if (sys_user) {
-		if (user_id == uid_min - 1) {
-			for (user_id = uid_max; user_id >= uid_min; user_id--) {
-				if (false == used_uids[user_id]) {
-					break;
+		/*
+		 * For system users, we want to start from the
+		 * top of the range and work downwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MIN - 1.
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found < uid_min) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, an UID is in use at UID_MIN.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to UID_MAX and proceed down
+			 * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			lowest_found = uid_max;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = lowest_found; id >= uid_min; id--) {
+			result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+				*uid = id;
+				free (used_uids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (stderr,
+						_("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						Prog, strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
 				}
-			}
-			if (user_id < uid_min ) {
-				fprintf (stderr,
-				         _("%s: Can't get unique system UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
-				         Prog);
-				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-				         "no more available UID on the system"));
-				return -1;
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
 			}
 		}
-	} else {
-		if (user_id == uid_max + 1) {
-			for (user_id = uid_min; user_id < uid_max; user_id++) {
-				if (false == used_uids[user_id]) {
-					break;
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MAX,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
+		 * UID_MAX - 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found != uid_max) {
+			for (id = uid_max; id >= uid_min; id--) {
+				result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+					*uid = id;
+					free (used_uids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (stderr,
+							_("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							Prog, strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
 				}
 			}
-			if (user_id == uid_max) {
-				fprintf (stderr,
-				         _("%s: Can't get unique UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
-				         Prog);
-				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available UID on the system"));
-				return -1;
+		}
+	} else { /* !sys_user */
+		/*
+		 * For non-system users, we want to start from the
+		 * bottom of the range and work upwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MAX + 1.
+		 */
+		if (highest_found > uid_max) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, a UID is in use at UID_MAX.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to UID_MIN and proceed up
+			 * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			highest_found = uid_min;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = highest_found; id <= uid_max; id++) {
+			result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+				*uid = id;
+				free (used_uids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (stderr,
+						_("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						Prog, strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MIN,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
+		 * UID_MIN + 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (highest_found != uid_min) {
+			for (id = uid_min; id <= uid_max; id++) {
+				result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+					*uid = id;
+					free (used_uids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (stderr,
+							_("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							Prog, strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
+				}
 			}
 		}
 	}

-	*uid = user_id;
-	return 0;
+	/* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		_("%s: Can't get unique UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
+		Prog);
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available UIDs on the system"));
+	free (used_uids);
+	return -1;
 }

--- a/libmisc/getdate.h
+++ b/libmisc/getdate.h
@@ -35,5 +35,5 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #include "defines.h"

-time_t get_date (const char *, const time_t *);
+time_t get_date (const char *p, /*@null@*/const time_t *now);
 #endif
--- a/libmisc/getdate.y
+++ b/libmisc/getdate.y
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 #endif

 /* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
-   as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
+   as well as gratuitously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
--- a/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
+++ b/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 * The string may be a valid GID or a valid groupname.
 * If the group does not exist on the system, NULL is returned.
 */
-extern /*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (const char *grname)
+extern /*@only@*//*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (/*@null@*/const char *grname)
 {
 	long long int gid;
 	char *endptr;
--- a/libmisc/gettime.c
+++ b/libmisc/gettime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2017, Chris Lamb
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the Epoch
+ *
+ * Like time(), gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the
+ * Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC), except that if the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
+ * environment variable is exported it will use that instead.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/time_t gettime ()
+{
+	char *endptr;
+	char *source_date_epoch;
+	time_t fallback;
+	unsigned long long epoch;
+
+	fallback = time (NULL);
+	source_date_epoch = shadow_getenv ("SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH");
+
+	if (!source_date_epoch)
+		return fallback;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	epoch = strtoull (source_date_epoch, &endptr, 10);
+	if ((errno == ERANGE && (epoch == ULLONG_MAX || epoch == 0))
+			|| (errno != 0 && epoch == 0)) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: strtoull: %s\n"),
+			 strerror(errno));
+	} else if (endptr == source_date_epoch) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: No digits were found: %s\n"),
+			 endptr);
+	} else if (*endptr != '\0') {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: Trailing garbage: %s\n"),
+			 endptr);
+	} else if (epoch > ULONG_MAX) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to %lu but was found to be: %llu\n"),
+			 ULONG_MAX, epoch);
+	} else if (epoch > fallback) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to the current time (%lu) but was found to be: %llu\n"),
+			 fallback, epoch);
+	} else {
+		/* Valid */
+		return (time_t)epoch;
+	}
+
+	return fallback;
+}
--- a/libmisc/hushed.c
+++ b/libmisc/hushed.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1993, Chip Rosenthal
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 bool hushed (const char *username)
 {
 	struct passwd *pw;
-	char *hushfile;
+	const char *hushfile;
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
 	bool found;
 	FILE *fp;
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ bool hushed (const char *username)
 	 */

 	if (hushfile[0] != '/') {
-		snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%s/%s", pw->pw_dir, hushfile);
+		(void) snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%s/%s", pw->pw_dir, hushfile);
 		return (access (buf, F_OK) == 0);
 	}

--- a/libmisc/idmapping.c
+++ b/libmisc/idmapping.c
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Eric Biederman
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "idmapping.h"
+#include <sys/prctl.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
+#include <sys/capability.h>
+#endif
+
+struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct map_range *mappings, *mapping;
+	int idx, argidx;
+
+	if (ranges < 0 || argc < 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: error calculating number of arguments\n", Prog);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (ranges != ((argc + 2) / 3)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ranges: %u is wrong for argc: %d\n", Prog, ranges, argc);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if ((ranges * 3) > argc) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "ranges: %u argc: %d\n",
+			ranges, argc);
+		fprintf(stderr,
+			_( "%s: Not enough arguments to form %u mappings\n"),
+			Prog, ranges);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	mappings = calloc(ranges, sizeof(*mappings));
+	if (!mappings) {
+		fprintf(stderr, _( "%s: Memory allocation failure\n"),
+			Prog);
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/* Gather up the ranges from the command line */
+	mapping = mappings;
+	for (idx = 0, argidx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, argidx += 3, mapping++) {
+		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 0], &mapping->upper)) {
+			free(mappings);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 1], &mapping->lower)) {
+			free(mappings);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 2], &mapping->count)) {
+			free(mappings);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (ULONG_MAX - mapping->upper <= mapping->count || ULONG_MAX - mapping->lower <= mapping->count) {
+			fprintf(stderr, _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), Prog);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if (mapping->upper > UINT_MAX ||
+			mapping->lower > UINT_MAX ||
+			mapping->count > UINT_MAX)  {
+			fprintf(stderr, _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), Prog);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if (mapping->lower + mapping->count > UINT_MAX ||
+				mapping->upper + mapping->count > UINT_MAX) {
+			fprintf(stderr, _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), Prog);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if (mapping->lower + mapping->count < mapping->lower ||
+				mapping->upper + mapping->count < mapping->upper) {
+			/* this one really shouldn't be possible given previous checks */
+			fprintf(stderr, _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), Prog);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+	return mappings;
+}
+
+/* Number of ascii digits needed to print any unsigned long in decimal.
+ * There are approximately 10 bits for every 3 decimal digits.
+ * So from bits to digits the formula is roundup((Number of bits)/10) * 3.
+ * For common sizes of integers this works out to:
+ *  2bytes -->  6 ascii estimate  -> 65536  (5 real)
+ *  4bytes --> 12 ascii estimated -> 4294967296 (10 real)
+ *  8bytes --> 21 ascii estimated -> 18446744073709551616 (20 real)
+ * 16bytes --> 39 ascii estimated -> 340282366920938463463374607431768211456 (39 real)
+ */
+#define ULONG_DIGITS ((((sizeof(unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT) + 9)/10)*3)
+
+/*
+ * The ruid refers to the caller's uid and is used to reset the effective uid
+ * back to the callers real uid.
+ * This clutch mainly exists for setuid-based new{g,u}idmap binaries that are
+ * called in contexts where all capabilities other than the necessary
+ * CAP_SET{G,U}ID capabilities are dropped. Since the kernel will require
+ * assurance that the caller holds CAP_SYS_ADMIN over the target user namespace
+ * the only way it can confirm is in this case is if the effective uid is
+ * equivalent to the uid owning the target user namespace.
+ * Note, we only support this when a) new{g,u}idmap is not called by root and
+ * b) if the caller's uid and the uid retrieved via system appropriate means
+ * (shadow file or other) are identical. Specifically, this does not support
+ * when the root user calls the new{g,u}idmap binary for an unprivileged user.
+ * If this is wanted: use file capabilities!
+ */
+void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges, struct map_range *mappings,
+	const char *map_file, uid_t ruid)
+{
+	int idx;
+	struct map_range *mapping;
+	size_t bufsize;
+	char *buf, *pos;
+	int fd;
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
+	int cap;
+	struct __user_cap_header_struct hdr = {_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0};
+	struct __user_cap_data_struct data[2] = {{0}};
+
+	if (strcmp(map_file, "uid_map") == 0) {
+		cap = CAP_SETUID;
+	} else if (strcmp(map_file, "gid_map") == 0) {
+		cap = CAP_SETGID;
+	} else {
+		fprintf(stderr, _("%s: Invalid map file %s specified\n"), Prog, map_file);
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/* Align setuid- and fscaps-based new{g,u}idmap behavior. */
+	if (geteuid() == 0 && geteuid() != ruid) {
+		if (prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS, 1, 0, 0, 0) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, _("%s: Could not prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS)\n"), Prog);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+
+		if (seteuid(ruid) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, _("%s: Could not seteuid to %d\n"), Prog, ruid);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Lockdown new{g,u}idmap by dropping all unneeded capabilities. */
+	memset(data, 0, sizeof(data));
+	data[0].effective = CAP_TO_MASK(cap);
+	data[0].permitted = data[0].effective;
+	if (capset(&hdr, data) < 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, _("%s: Could not set caps\n"), Prog);
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	bufsize = ranges * ((ULONG_DIGITS  + 1) * 3);
+	pos = buf = xmalloc(bufsize);
+
+	/* Build the mapping command */
+	mapping = mappings;
+	for (idx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, mapping++) {
+		/* Append this range to the string that will be written */
+		int written = snprintf(pos, bufsize - (pos - buf),
+			"%lu %lu %lu\n",
+			mapping->upper,
+			mapping->lower,
+			mapping->count);
+		if ((written <= 0) || (written >= (bufsize - (pos - buf)))) {
+			fprintf(stderr, _("%s: snprintf failed!\n"), Prog);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		pos += written;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the mapping to the mapping file */
+	fd = openat(proc_dir_fd, map_file, O_WRONLY);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, _("%s: open of %s failed: %s\n"),
+			Prog, map_file, strerror(errno));
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	if (write(fd, buf, pos - buf) != (pos - buf)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, _("%s: write to %s failed: %s\n"),
+			Prog, map_file, strerror(errno));
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	close(fd);
+}
--- a/libmisc/idmapping.h
+++ b/libmisc/idmapping.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (c) 2009       , Dan Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com>
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Eric Biederman
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -26,47 +26,19 @@
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
-#include <config.h>

-#ident "$Id$"
+#ifndef _IDMAPPING_H_
+#define _IDMAPPING_H_

-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
+struct map_range {
+	unsigned long upper; /* first ID inside the namespace */
+	unsigned long lower; /* first ID outside the namespace */
+	unsigned long count; /* Length of the inside and outside ranges */
+};

-int safe_system (const char *command,
-                 const char *argv[],
-                 const char *env[],
-                 int ignore_stderr)
-{
-	int status = -1;
-	int fd;
-	pid_t pid;
-	
-	pid = fork();
-	if (pid < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
+extern struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv);
+extern void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges,
+	struct map_range *mappings, const char *map_file, uid_t ruid);

-	if (pid) {       /* Parent */
-		if (waitpid (pid, &status, 0) > 0) {
-			return status;
-		} else {
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	fd = open ("/dev/null", O_RDWR);
-	/* Child */
-	dup2 (fd, 0);	// Close Stdin
-	if (ignore_stderr) {
-		dup2 (fd, 2);	// Close Stderr
-	}
-
-	execve (command, (char *const *) argv, (char *const *) env);
-	fprintf (stderr, _("Failed to exec '%s'\n"), argv[0]);
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
+#endif /* _ID_MAPPING_H_ */

--- a/libmisc/isexpired.c
+++ b/libmisc/isexpired.c
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ int isexpired (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)

 	if (   (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
 	    || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
-	    || (sp->sp_max >= (10000L * DAY / SCALE))) {
+	    || (sp->sp_max >= ((10000L * DAY) / SCALE))) {
 		return 0;
 	}

--- a/libmisc/limits.c
+++ b/libmisc/limits.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
 /*
 * Separated from setup.c.  --marekm
 * Resource limits thanks to Cristian Gafton.
+ * Enhancements of resource limit code by Thomas Orgis <thomas@orgis.org>
 */

 #include <config.h>
@@ -44,6 +45,7 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
 #include <pwd.h>
@@ -64,22 +66,46 @@
 *	value - string value to be read
 *	multiplier - value*multiplier is the actual limit
 */
-static int
-setrlimit_value (unsigned int resource, const char *value,
-		 unsigned int multiplier)
+static int setrlimit_value (unsigned int resource,
+                            const char *value,
+                            unsigned int multiplier)
 {
 	struct rlimit rlim;
-	long limit;
+	rlim_t limit;

-	if (getlong (value, &limit) == 0) {
-		return 0;
+	/* The "-" is special, not belonging to a strange negative limit.
+	 * It is infinity, in a controlled way.
+	 */
+	if ('-' == value[0]) {
+		limit = RLIM_INFINITY;
 	}
-	limit *= multiplier;
-	if (limit != (rlim_t) limit) {
-		return 0;
+	else {
+		/* We cannot use getlong here because it fails when there
+		 * is more to the value than just this number!
+		 * Also, we are limited to base 10 here (hex numbers will not
+		 * work with the limit string parser as is anyway)
+		 */
+		char *endptr;
+		long longlimit = strtol (value, &endptr, 10);
+		if ((0 == longlimit) && (value == endptr)) {
+			/* No argument at all. No-op.
+			 * FIXME: We could instead throw an error, though.
+			 */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		longlimit *= multiplier;
+		limit = (rlim_t)longlimit;
+		if (longlimit != limit)
+		{
+			/* FIXME: Again, silent error handling...
+			 * Wouldn't screaming make more sense?
+			 */
+			return 0;
+		}
 	}
-	rlim.rlim_cur = (rlim_t) limit;
-	rlim.rlim_max = (rlim_t) limit;
+
+	rlim.rlim_cur = limit;
+	rlim.rlim_max = limit;
 	if (setrlimit (resource, &rlim) != 0) {
 		return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
 	}
@@ -138,11 +164,12 @@ static int check_logins (const char *name, const char *maxlogins)
 	count = 0;
 #ifdef USE_UTMPX
 	setutxent ();
-	while ((ut = getutxent ())) {
+	while ((ut = getutxent ()))
 #else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
 	setutent ();
-	while ((ut = getutent ())) {
+	while ((ut = getutent ()))
 #endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	{
 		if (USER_PROCESS != ut->ut_type) {
 			continue;
 		}
@@ -167,8 +194,9 @@ static int check_logins (const char *name, const char *maxlogins)
 	 * includes the user who is currently trying to log in.
 	 */
 	if (count > limit) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "Too many logins (max %d) for %s\n",
-			 limit, name));
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Too many logins (max %lu) for %s\n",
+		         limit, name));
 		return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
 	}
 	return 0;
@@ -186,17 +214,20 @@ static int check_logins (const char *name, const char *maxlogins)
 * [Cc]: c = RLIMIT_CORE	max core file size (KB)
 * [Dd]: d = RLIMIT_DATA	max data size (KB)
 * [Ff]: f = RLIMIT_FSIZE	max file size (KB)
+ * [Ii]: i = RLIMIT_NICE    max nice value (0..39 translates to 20..-19)
+ * [Kk]: k = file creation masK (umask)
+ * [Ll]: l = max number of logins for this user
 * [Mm]: m = RLIMIT_MEMLOCK	max locked-in-memory address space (KB)
 * [Nn]: n = RLIMIT_NOFILE	max number of open files
+ * [Oo]: o = RLIMIT_RTPRIO  max real time priority (linux/sched.h 0..MAX_RT_PRIO)
+ * [Pp]: p = process priority -20..20 (negative = high, positive = low)
 * [Rr]: r = RLIMIT_RSS		max resident set size (KB)
 * [Ss]: s = RLIMIT_STACK	max stack size (KB)
 * [Tt]: t = RLIMIT_CPU		max CPU time (MIN)
 * [Uu]: u = RLIMIT_NPROC	max number of processes
- * [Kk]: k = file creation masK (umask)
- * [Ll]: l = max number of logins for this user
- * [Pp]: p = process priority -20..20 (negative = high, positive = low)
- * [Ii]: i = RLIMIT_NICE    max nice value (0..39 translates to 20..-19)
- * [Oo]: o = RLIMIT_RTPRIO  max real time priority (linux/sched.h 0..MAX_RT_PRIO)
+ *
+ * NOTE: Remember to extend the "no-limits" string below when adding a new
+ * limit...
 *
 * Return value:
 *		0 = okay, of course
@@ -213,6 +244,24 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 	bool reported = false;

 	pp = buf;
+	/* Skip leading whitespace. */
+	while ((' ' == *pp) || ('\t' == *pp)) {
+		pp++;
+	}
+
+	/* The special limit string "-" results in no limit for all known
+	 * limits.
+	 * We achieve that by parsing a full limit string, parts of it
+	 * being ignored if a limit type is not known to the system.
+	 * Though, there will be complaining for unknown limit types.
+	 */
+	if (strcmp (pp, "-") == 0) {
+		/* Remember to extend this, too, when adding new limits!
+		 * Oh... but "unlimited" does not make sense for umask,
+		 * or does it? (K-)
+		 */
+		pp = "A- C- D- F- I- L- M- N- O- P- R- S- T- U-";
+	}

 	while ('\0' != *pp) {
 		switch (*pp++) {
@@ -223,11 +272,11 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_AS, pp, 1024);
 			break;
 #endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
-		case 't':
-		case 'T':
-			/* RLIMIT_CPU - max CPU time (MIN) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CPU, pp, 60);
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
+		case 'c':
+		case 'C':
+			/* RLIMIT_CORE - max core file size (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CORE, pp, 1024);
 			break;
 #endif
 #ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
@@ -244,20 +293,22 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_FSIZE, pp, 1024);
 			break;
 #endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
-		case 'u':
-		case 'U':
-			/* RLIMIT_NPROC - max number of processes */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NPROC, pp, 1);
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NICE
+		case 'i':
+		case 'I':
+			/* RLIMIT_NICE - max scheduling priority (0..39) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NICE, pp, 1);
 			break;
 #endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
-		case 'c':
-		case 'C':
-			/* RLIMIT_CORE - max core file size (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CORE, pp, 1024);
+		case 'k':
+		case 'K':
+			retval |= set_umask (pp);
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+		case 'L':
+			/* LIMIT the number of concurrent logins */
+			retval |= check_logins (name, pp);
 			break;
-#endif
 #ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
 		case 'm':
 		case 'M':
@@ -272,6 +323,17 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NOFILE, pp, 1);
 			break;
 #endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_RTPRIO
+		case 'o':
+		case 'O':
+			/* RLIMIT_RTPRIO - max real time priority (0..MAX_RT_PRIO) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RTPRIO, pp, 1);
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'p':
+		case 'P':
+			retval |= set_prio (pp);
+			break;
 #ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
 		case 'r':
 		case 'R':
@@ -286,35 +348,28 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_STACK, pp, 1024);
 			break;
 #endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NICE
-		case 'i':
-		case 'I':
-			/* RLIMIT_NICE - max scheduling priority (0..39) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NICE, pp, 1);
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
+		case 't':
+		case 'T':
+			/* RLIMIT_CPU - max CPU time (MIN) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CPU, pp, 60);
 			break;
 #endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_RTPRIO
-		case 'o':
-		case 'O':
-			/* RLIMIT_RTPRIO - max real time priority (0..MAX_RT_PRIO) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RTPRIO, pp, 1);
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
+		case 'u':
+		case 'U':
+			/* RLIMIT_NPROC - max number of processes */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NPROC, pp, 1);
 			break;
 #endif
-		case 'k':
-		case 'K':
-			retval |= set_umask (pp);
-			break;
-		case 'l':
-		case 'L':
-			/* LIMIT the number of concurrent logins */
-			retval |= check_logins (name, pp);
-			break;
-		case 'p':
-		case 'P':
-			retval |= set_prio (pp);
-			break;
 		default:
 			/* Only report invalid strings once */
+			/* Note: A string can be invalid just because a
+			 * specific (theoretically valid) setting is not
+			 * supported by this build.
+			 * It is just a warning in syslog anyway. The line
+			 * is still processed
+			 */
 			if (!reported) {
 				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
 				         "Invalid limit string: '%s'",
@@ -323,13 +378,51 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 				retval |= LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
 			}
 		}
+		/* After parsing one limit setting (or just complaining
+		 * about it), one still needs to skip its argument to
+		 * prevent a bogus warning on trying to parse that as
+		 * limit specification.
+		 * So, let's skip all digits, "-" and our limited set of
+		 * whitespace.
+		 */
+		while (   isdigit (*pp)
+		       || ('-'  == *pp)
+		       || (' '  == *pp)
+		       || ('\t' ==*pp)) {
+			pp++;
+		}
 	}
 	return retval;
 }

+/* Check if user uname is in the group gname.
+ * Can I be sure that gr_mem contains no UID as string?
+ * Returns true when user is in the group, false when not.
+ * Any error is treated as false.
+ */
+static bool user_in_group (const char *uname, const char *gname)
+{
+	struct group *groupdata;
+
+	if (uname == NULL || gname == NULL){ 
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* We are not claiming to be re-entrant!
+	 * In case of paranoia or a multithreaded login program,
+	 * one needs to add some mess for getgrnam_r. */
+	groupdata = getgrnam (gname);
+	if (NULL == groupdata) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "Nonexisting group `%s' in limits file.",
+		         gname));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return is_on_list (groupdata->gr_mem, uname);
+}
+
 static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
 {
-	/* TODO: allow and use @group syntax --cristiang */
 	FILE *fil;
 	char buf[1024];
 	char name[1024];
@@ -351,8 +444,10 @@ static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
 	}
 	/* The limits file have the following format:
 	 * - '#' (comment) chars only as first chars on a line;
-	 * - username must start on first column
-	 * A better (smarter) checking should be done --cristiang */
+	 * - username must start on first column (or *, or @group)
+	 *
+	 * FIXME: A better (smarter) checking should be done
+	 */
 	while (fgets (buf, 1024, fil) != NULL) {
 		if (('#' == buf[0]) || ('\n' == buf[0])) {
 			continue;
@@ -364,15 +459,35 @@ static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
 		 * username    L2  D2048  R4096
 		 * where spaces={' ',\t}. Also, we reject invalid limits.
 		 * Imposing a limit should be done with care, so a wrong
-		 * entry means no care anyway :-). A '-' as a limits
-		 * strings means no limits --cristiang */
-		if (sscanf (buf, "%s%[ACDFMNRSTULPIOacdfmnrstulpio0-9 \t-]",
-			    name, tempbuf) == 2) {
+		 * entry means no care anyway :-).
+		 *
+		 * A '-' as a limits strings means no limits
+		 *
+		 * The username can also be:
+		 *  '*': the default limits (only the last is taken into
+		 *       account)
+		 *  @group: the limit applies to the members of the group
+		 *
+		 * To clarify: The first entry with matching user name rules,
+		 * everything after it is ignored. If there is no user entry,
+		 * the last encountered entry for a matching group rules.
+		 * If there is no matching group entry, the default limits rule.
+		 */
+		if (sscanf (buf, "%s%[ACDFIKLMNOPRSTUacdfiklmnoprstu0-9 \t-]",
+		            name, tempbuf) == 2) {
 			if (strcmp (name, uname) == 0) {
 				strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
 				break;
 			} else if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) {
 				strcpy (deflimits, tempbuf);
+			} else if (name[0] == '@') {
+				/* If the user is in the group, the group
+				 * limits apply unless later a line for
+				 * the specific user is found.
+				 */
+				if (user_in_group (uname, name+1)) {
+					strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
+				}
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -392,7 +507,6 @@ static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
 static void setup_usergroups (const struct passwd *info)
 {
 	const struct group *grp;
-	mode_t tmpmask;

 /*
 *	if not root, and UID == GID, and username is the same as primary
@@ -404,6 +518,7 @@ static void setup_usergroups (const struct passwd *info)
 		grp = getgrgid (info->pw_gid);
 		if (   (NULL != grp)
 		    && (strcmp (info->pw_name, grp->gr_name) == 0)) {
+			mode_t tmpmask;
 			tmpmask = umask (0777);
 			tmpmask = (tmpmask & ~070) | ((tmpmask >> 3) & 070);
 			(void) umask (tmpmask);
@@ -432,8 +547,7 @@ void setup_limits (const struct passwd *info)
 	if (getdef_bool ("QUOTAS_ENAB")) {
 #ifdef LIMITS
 		if (info->pw_uid != 0) {
-			if (setup_user_limits (info->pw_name) &
-			    LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN) {
+			if ((setup_user_limits (info->pw_name) & LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN) != 0) {
 				(void) fputs (_("Too many logins.\n"), stderr);
 				(void) sleep (2); /* XXX: Should be FAIL_DELAY */
 				exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
--- a/libmisc/list.c
+++ b/libmisc/list.c
@@ -141,6 +141,12 @@
 	return tmp;
 }

+/*
+ * Duplicate a list.
+ * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
+ * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
+ * constant strings here.
+ */
 /*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **dup_list (char *const *list)
 {
 	int i;
@@ -163,6 +169,12 @@
 	return tmp;
 }

+/*
+ * Check if member is part of the input list
+ * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
+ * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
+ * constant strings here.
+ */
 bool is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member)
 {
 	assert (NULL != member);
@@ -187,7 +199,7 @@ bool is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member)
 	char *members;
 	char **array;
 	int i;
-	const char *cp;
+	char *cp;
 	char *cp2;

 	assert (NULL != comma);
--- a/libmisc/loginprompt.c
+++ b/libmisc/loginprompt.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)

 #define MAX_ENV 32
 	char *envp[MAX_ENV];
-	int envc;
 	char *cp;
 	int i;
 	FILE *fp;
@@ -88,9 +87,9 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 	 */

 	if (NULL != prompt) {
-		cp = getdef_str ("ISSUE_FILE");
-		if (NULL != cp) {
-			fp = fopen (cp, "r");
+		const char *fname = getdef_str ("ISSUE_FILE");
+		if (NULL != fname) {
+			fp = fopen (fname, "r");
 			if (NULL != fp) {
 				while ((i = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
 					(void) putc (i, stdout);
@@ -99,7 +98,7 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 				(void) fclose (fp);
 			}
 		}
-		gethostname (buf, sizeof buf);
+		(void) gethostname (buf, sizeof buf);
 		printf (prompt, buf);
 		(void) fflush (stdout);
 	}
@@ -148,6 +147,7 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 	if ('\0' != *cp) {	/* process new variables */
 		char *nvar;
 		int count = 1;
+		int envc;

 		for (envc = 0; envc < MAX_ENV; envc++) {
 			nvar = strtok ((0 != envc) ? (char *) 0 : cp, " \t,");
@@ -158,10 +158,9 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 				envp[envc] = nvar;
 			} else {
 				size_t len = strlen (nvar) + 32;
-				int wlen;
 				envp[envc] = xmalloc (len);
-				wlen = snprintf (envp[envc], len, "L%d=%s", count++, nvar);
-				assert (wlen == (int) len -1);
+				(void) snprintf (envp[envc], len,
+				                 "L%d=%s", count++, nvar);
 			}
 		}
 		set_env (envc, envp);
--- a/libmisc/motd.c
+++ b/libmisc/motd.c
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2010       , Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -47,21 +48,34 @@
 void motd (void)
 {
 	FILE *fp;
-	char motdlist[BUFSIZ], *motdfile, *mb;
+	char *motdlist;
+	const char *motdfile;
+	char *mb;
 	register int c;

-	if ((mb = getdef_str ("MOTD_FILE")) == NULL)
+	motdfile = getdef_str ("MOTD_FILE");
+	if (NULL == motdfile) {
 		return;
+	}

-	strncpy (motdlist, mb, sizeof (motdlist));
-	motdlist[sizeof (motdlist) - 1] = '\0';
+	motdlist = xstrdup (motdfile);

-	for (mb = motdlist; (motdfile = strtok (mb, ":")) != NULL; mb = NULL) {
-		if ((fp = fopen (motdfile, "r")) != NULL) {
-			while ((c = getc (fp)) != EOF)
+	for (mb = motdlist; ;mb = NULL) {
+		motdfile = strtok (mb, ":");
+		if (NULL == motdfile) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		fp = fopen (motdfile, "r");
+		if (NULL != fp) {
+			while ((c = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
 				putchar (c);
+			}
 			fclose (fp);
 		}
 	}
 	fflush (stdout);
+
+	free (motdlist);
 }
+
--- a/libmisc/obscure.c
+++ b/libmisc/obscure.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ static bool palindrome (unused const char *old, const char *new)
 * more than half of the characters are different ones.
 */

-static bool similar (const char *old, const char *new)
+static bool similar (/*@notnull@*/const char *old, /*@notnull@*/const char *new)
 {
 	int i, j;

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static bool similar (const char *old, const char *new)
 * a nice mix of characters.
 */

-static int simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
+static bool simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
 {
 	bool digits = false;
 	bool uppers = false;
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ static int simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
 	return true;
 }

-static char *str_lower (char *string)
+static char *str_lower (/*@returned@*/char *string)
 {
 	char *cp;

@@ -157,8 +157,10 @@ static char *str_lower (char *string)
 	return string;
 }

-static const char *password_check (const char *old, const char *new,
-				   const struct passwd *pwdp)
+static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *password_check (
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *old,
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *new,
+	/*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
 {
 	const char *msg = NULL;
 	char *oldmono, *newmono, *wrapped;
@@ -219,14 +221,15 @@ static const char *password_check (const char *old, const char *new,
 	return msg;
 }

-/*ARGSUSED*/
-static const char *obscure_msg (const char *old, const char *new,
-				    const struct passwd *pwdp)
+static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *obscure_msg (
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *old,
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *new,
+	/*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
 {
 	size_t maxlen, oldlen, newlen;
 	char *new1, *old1;
 	const char *msg;
-	char *result;
+	const char *result;

 	oldlen = strlen (old);
 	newlen = strlen (new);
@@ -304,15 +307,15 @@ static const char *obscure_msg (const char *old, const char *new,
 *	check passwords.
 */

-int obscure (const char *old, const char *new, const struct passwd *pwdp)
+bool obscure (const char *old, const char *new, const struct passwd *pwdp)
 {
 	const char *msg = obscure_msg (old, new, pwdp);

 	if (NULL != msg) {
 		printf (_("Bad password: %s.  "), msg);
-		return 0;
+		return false;
 	}
-	return 1;
+	return true;
 }

 #else				/* !USE_PAM */
--- a/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interractive.c
+++ b/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interractive.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (c)        2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 #include <security/pam_appl.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"

-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/static char *non_interactive_password = NULL;
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/static const char *non_interactive_password = NULL;
 static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
                    const struct pam_message **msg,
                    struct pam_response **resp,
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ failed_conversation:
 *
 * Return 0 on success, 1 on failure.
 */
-int do_pam_passwd_non_interractive (const char *pam_service,
+int do_pam_passwd_non_interactive (const char *pam_service,
                                    const char *username,
                                    const char* password)
 {
--- a/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
+++ b/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011       , Julian Pidancet
+ * Copyright (c) 2011       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+/*@-exitarg@*/
+#include "exitcodes.h"
+#include "groupio.h"
+#include "pwio.h"
+#ifdef	SHADOWGRP
+#include "sgroupio.h"
+#endif
+#include "shadowio.h"
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+static char *passwd_db_file = NULL;
+static char *spw_db_file = NULL;
+static char *group_db_file = NULL;
+static char *sgroup_db_file = NULL;
+static char *suid_db_file = NULL;
+static char *sgid_db_file = NULL;
+static char *def_conf_file = NULL;
+static FILE* fp_pwent = NULL;
+static FILE* fp_grent = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * process_prefix_flag - prefix all paths if given the --prefix option
+ *
+ * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
+ * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
+ * or authenticating the caller.
+ *
+ * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
+ */
+extern const char* process_prefix_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Parse the command line options.
+	 */
+	int i;
+	const char *prefix = NULL;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+		if (   (strcmp (argv[i], "--prefix") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
+			if (NULL != prefix) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: multiple --prefix options\n"),
+				         Prog);
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			}
+
+			if (i + 1 == argc) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				         Prog, argv[i]);
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			}
+			prefix = argv[i + 1];
+		}
+	}
+
+	
+
+	if (prefix != NULL) {
+		if ( prefix[0] == '\0' || !strcmp(prefix, "/"))
+			return ""; /* if prefix is "/" then we ignore the flag option */
+		/* should we prevent symbolic link from being used as a prefix? */
+
+		size_t len;
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(PASSWD_FILE) + 2;
+		passwd_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(passwd_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, PASSWD_FILE);
+		pw_setdbname(passwd_db_file);
+
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(GROUP_FILE) + 2;
+		group_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(group_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, GROUP_FILE);
+		gr_setdbname(group_db_file);
+	
+#ifdef  SHADOWGRP
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SGROUP_FILE) + 2;
+		sgroup_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(sgroup_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SGROUP_FILE);
+		sgr_setdbname(sgroup_db_file);
+#endif
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+		__setspNIS(0); /* disable NIS for now, at least until it is properly supporting a "prefix" */
+#endif
+
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SHADOW_FILE) + 2;
+		spw_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(spw_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SHADOW_FILE);
+		spw_setdbname(spw_db_file);
+		
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subuid") + 2;
+		suid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(suid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subuid");
+		sub_uid_setdbname(suid_db_file);
+
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subgid") + 2;
+		sgid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(sgid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subgid");
+		sub_gid_setdbname(sgid_db_file);
+#endif
+
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/login.defs") + 2;
+		def_conf_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(def_conf_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/login.defs");
+		setdef_config_file(def_conf_file);
+	}	
+
+	if (prefix == NULL)
+		return "";
+	return prefix;
+}
+
+
+extern struct group *prefix_getgrnam(const char *name)
+{
+	if (group_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct group * grp = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
+		if(!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while(grp = fgetgrent(fg)) {
+			if(!strcmp(name, grp->gr_name))
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return grp;
+	}
+	
+	return getgrnam(name);
+}
+
+extern struct group *prefix_getgrgid(gid_t gid)
+{
+	if (group_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct group * grp = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
+		if(!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while(grp = fgetgrent(fg)) {
+			if(gid == grp->gr_gid)
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return grp;
+	}
+
+	return getgrgid(gid);
+}
+
+extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwuid(uid_t uid)
+{
+	if (passwd_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
+		if(!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while(pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) {
+			if(uid == pwd->pw_uid)
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return pwd;
+	}
+	else {
+		return getpwuid(uid);
+	}
+}
+extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwnam(const char* name)
+{
+	if (passwd_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
+		if(!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while(pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) {
+			if(!strcmp(name, pwd->pw_name))
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return pwd;
+	}
+	else {
+		return getpwnam(name);
+	}
+}
+extern struct spwd *prefix_getspnam(const char* name)
+{
+	if (spw_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct spwd *sp = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(spw_db_file, "rt");
+		if(!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while(sp = fgetspent(fg)) {
+			if(!strcmp(name, sp->sp_namp))
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return sp;
+	}
+	else {
+		return getspnam(name);
+	}
+}
+
+extern void prefix_setpwent()
+{
+	if(!passwd_db_file) {
+		setpwent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_pwent)
+		fclose (fp_pwent);
+	
+	fp_pwent = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
+	if(!fp_pwent)
+		return;
+}
+extern struct passwd* prefix_getpwent()
+{
+	if(!passwd_db_file) {
+		return getpwent();
+	}
+	return fgetpwent(fp_pwent);
+}
+extern void prefix_endpwent()
+{
+	if(!passwd_db_file) {
+		endpwent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_pwent)
+		fclose(fp_pwent);
+	fp_pwent = NULL;
+}
+
+extern void prefix_setgrent()
+{
+	if(!group_db_file) {
+		setgrent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_grent)
+		fclose (fp_grent);
+	
+	fp_grent = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
+	if(!fp_grent)
+		return;
+}
+extern struct group* prefix_getgrent()
+{
+	if(!group_db_file) {
+		return getgrent();
+	}
+	return fgetgrent(fp_grent);
+}
+extern void prefix_endgrent()
+{
+	if(!group_db_file) {
+		endgrent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_grent)
+		fclose(fp_grent);
+	fp_grent = NULL;
+}
+
+extern struct group *prefix_getgr_nam_gid(const char *grname)
+{
+	long long int gid;
+	char *endptr;
+	struct group *g;
+
+	if (NULL == grname) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (group_db_file) {
+		errno = 0;
+		gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
+		if (   ('\0' != *grname)
+	    	&& ('\0' == *endptr)
+	    	&& (ERANGE != errno)
+	    	&& (gid == (gid_t)gid)) {
+			return prefix_getgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
+		}
+		g = prefix_getgrnam (grname);
+		return g ? __gr_dup(g) : NULL;
+	}
+	else
+		return getgr_nam_gid(grname);
+}
--- a/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
+++ b/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
@@ -40,7 +40,6 @@
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
 #include <pwd.h>
-extern time_t time (time_t *);

 /*
 * pwd_to_spwd - create entries for new spwd structure
@@ -66,7 +65,7 @@ struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *pw)
 		 */
 		sp.sp_min = 0;
 		sp.sp_max = (10000L * DAY) / SCALE;
-		sp.sp_lstchg = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
+		sp.sp_lstchg = (long) gettime () / SCALE;
 		if (0 == sp.sp_lstchg) {
 			/* Better disable aging than requiring a password
 			 * change */
--- a/libmisc/remove_tree.c
+++ b/libmisc/remove_tree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+
+/*
+ * remove_tree - delete a directory tree
+ *
+ *	remove_tree() walks a directory tree and deletes all the files
+ *	and directories.
+ *	At the end, it deletes the root directory itself.
+ */
+
+int remove_tree (const char *root, bool remove_root)
+{
+	char *new_name = NULL;
+	int err = 0;
+	struct DIRECT *ent;
+	struct stat sb;
+	DIR *dir;
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the source directory and read each entry.  Every file
+	 * entry in the directory is copied with the UID and GID set
+	 * to the provided values.  As an added security feature only
+	 * regular files (and directories ...) are copied, and no file
+	 * is made set-ID.
+	 */
+	dir = opendir (root);
+	if (NULL == dir) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
+		size_t new_len = strlen (root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
+
+		/*
+		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
+		 */
+
+		if (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0 ||
+		    strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Make the filename for the current entry.
+		 */
+
+		free (new_name);
+		new_name = (char *) malloc (new_len);
+		if (NULL == new_name) {
+			err = -1;
+			break;
+		}
+		(void) snprintf (new_name, new_len, "%s/%s", root, ent->d_name);
+		if (LSTAT (new_name, &sb) == -1) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
+			/*
+			 * Recursively delete this directory.
+			 */
+			if (remove_tree (new_name, true) != 0) {
+				err = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Delete the file.
+			 */
+			if (unlink (new_name) != 0) {
+				err = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (NULL != new_name) {
+		free (new_name);
+	}
+	(void) closedir (dir);
+
+	if (remove_root && (0 == err)) {
+		if (rmdir (root) != 0) {
+			err = -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return err;
+}
+
--- a/libmisc/root_flag.c
+++ b/libmisc/root_flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011       , Julian Pidancet
+ * Copyright (c) 2011       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+/*@-exitarg@*/
+#include "exitcodes.h"
+
+static void change_root (const char* newroot);
+
+/*
+ * process_root_flag - chroot if given the --root option
+ *
+ * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
+ * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
+ * or authenticating the caller.
+ *
+ * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
+ */
+extern void process_root_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Parse the command line options.
+	 */
+	int i;
+	const char *newroot = NULL;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+		if (   (strcmp (argv[i], "--root") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
+			if (NULL != newroot) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: multiple --root options\n"),
+				         Prog);
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			}
+
+			if (i + 1 == argc) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				         Prog, argv[i]);
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			}
+			newroot = argv[i + 1];
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != newroot) {
+		change_root (newroot);
+	}
+}
+
+static void change_root (const char* newroot)
+{
+	/* Drop privileges */
+	if (   (setregid (getgid (), getgid ()) != 0)
+	    || (setreuid (getuid (), getuid ()) != 0)) {
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: failed to drop privileges (%s)\n"),
+		         Prog, strerror (errno));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	if ('/' != newroot[0]) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: invalid chroot path '%s'\n"),
+		         Prog, newroot);
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+
+	if (access (newroot, F_OK) != 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr,
+		        _("%s: cannot access chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
+		        Prog, newroot, strerror (errno));
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+
+	if (chdir (newroot) != 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr,
+				_("%s: cannot chdir to chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
+				Prog, newroot, strerror (errno));
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+
+	if (chroot (newroot) != 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr,
+		        _("%s: unable to chroot to directory %s: %s\n"),
+		        Prog, newroot, strerror (errno));
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+}
+
--- a/libmisc/salt.c
+++ b/libmisc/salt.c
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 static void seedRNG (void);
 static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size);
 #ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-static size_t SHA_salt_size (void);
+static long shadow_random (long min, long max);
 static /*@observer@*/const char *SHA_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/int *prefered_rounds);
 #endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */

@@ -81,17 +81,29 @@ static void seedRNG (void)
 #define MAGNUM(array,ch)	(array)[0]=(array)[2]='$',(array)[1]=(ch),(array)[3]='\0'

 #ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
+/* It is not clear what is the maximum value of random().
+ * We assume 2^31-1.*/
+#define RANDOM_MAX 0x7FFFFFFF
+
 /*
- * Return the salt size.
- * The size of the salt string is between 8 and 16 bytes for the SHA crypt
- * methods.
+ * Return a random number between min and max (both included).
+ *
+ * It favors slightly the higher numbers.
 */
-static size_t SHA_salt_size (void)
+static long shadow_random (long min, long max)
 {
-	double rand_size;
+	double drand;
+	long ret;
 	seedRNG ();
-	rand_size = (double) 9.0 * random () / RAND_MAX;
-	return (size_t) (8 + rand_size);
+	drand = (double) (max - min + 1) * random () / RANDOM_MAX;
+	/* On systems were this is not random() range is lower, we favor
+	 * higher numbers of salt. */
+	ret = (long) (max + 1 - drand);
+	/* And we catch limits, and use the highest number */
+	if ((ret < min) || (ret > max)) {
+		ret = max;
+	}
+	return ret;
 }

 /* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified.  */
@@ -106,13 +118,12 @@ static size_t SHA_salt_size (void)
 */
 static /*@observer@*/const char *SHA_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/int *prefered_rounds)
 {
-	static char rounds_prefix[18];
+	static char rounds_prefix[18]; /* Max size: rounds=999999999$ */
 	long rounds;

 	if (NULL == prefered_rounds) {
 		long min_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", -1);
 		long max_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
-		double rand_rounds;

 		if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
 			return "";
@@ -130,10 +141,7 @@ static /*@observer@*/const char *SHA_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/int *prefered_rounds
 			max_rounds = min_rounds;
 		}

-		seedRNG ();
-		rand_rounds = (double) (max_rounds-min_rounds+1.0) * random ();
-		rand_rounds /= RAND_MAX;
-		rounds = min_rounds + rand_rounds;
+		rounds = shadow_random (min_rounds, max_rounds);
 	} else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
 		return "";
 	} else {
@@ -150,13 +158,8 @@ static /*@observer@*/const char *SHA_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/int *prefered_rounds
 		rounds = ROUNDS_MAX;
 	}

-	snprintf (rounds_prefix, 18, "rounds=%ld$", rounds);
-
-	/* Sanity checks. That should not be necessary. */
-	rounds_prefix[17] = '\0';
-	if ('$' != rounds_prefix[16]) {
-		rounds_prefix[17] = '$';
-	}
+	(void) snprintf (rounds_prefix, sizeof rounds_prefix,
+	                 "rounds=%ld$", rounds);

 	return rounds_prefix;
 }
@@ -202,7 +205,7 @@ static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size)
 *  * For the SHA256 and SHA512 method, this specifies the number of rounds
 *    (if not NULL).
 */
-/*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg)
+/*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*//*@observer@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg)
 {
 	/* Max result size for the SHA methods:
 	 *  +3		$5$
@@ -231,11 +234,11 @@ static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size)
 	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA256")) {
 		MAGNUM(result, '5');
 		strcat(result, SHA_salt_rounds((int *)arg));
-		salt_len = SHA_salt_size();
+		salt_len = (size_t) shadow_random (8, 16);
 	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA512")) {
 		MAGNUM(result, '6');
 		strcat(result, SHA_salt_rounds((int *)arg));
-		salt_len = SHA_salt_size();
+		salt_len = (size_t) shadow_random (8, 16);
 #endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
 	} else if (0 != strcmp (method, "DES")) {
 		fprintf (stderr,
--- a/libmisc/setugid.c
+++ b/libmisc/setugid.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info)

 #if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
 	if (is_console) {
-		char *cp = getdef_str ("CONSOLE_GROUPS");
+		const char *cp = getdef_str ("CONSOLE_GROUPS");

 		if ((NULL != cp) && (add_groups (cp) != 0)) {
 			perror ("Warning: add_groups");
--- a/libmisc/setupenv.c
+++ b/libmisc/setupenv.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
 	if (NULL == fp) {
 		return;
 	}
-	while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == buf) {
+	while (fgets (buf, (int)(sizeof buf), fp) == buf) {
 		cp = strrchr (buf, '\n');
 		if (NULL == cp) {
 			break;
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
 				cp++;
 			goto d_quote;
 		}
-		eise if (*cp == '\0') {
+		else if (*cp == '\0') {
 			/* end of string */
 			goto finished;
 		} else {
@@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
 void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
 {
 #ifndef USE_PAM
-	char *envf;
+	const char *envf;
 #endif
-	char *cp;
+	const char *cp;

 	/*
 	 * Change the current working directory to be the home directory
@@ -228,7 +228,8 @@ void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
 			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 		}
 		(void) puts (_("No directory, logging in with HOME=/"));
-		info->pw_dir = temp_pw_dir;
+		free (info->pw_dir);
+		info->pw_dir = xstrdup (temp_pw_dir);
 	}

 	/*
@@ -244,7 +245,8 @@ void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
 	if ((NULL == info->pw_shell) || ('\0' == *info->pw_shell)) {
 		static char temp_pw_shell[] = SHELL;

-		info->pw_shell = temp_pw_shell;
+		free (info->pw_shell);
+		info->pw_shell = xstrdup (temp_pw_shell);
 	}

 	addenv ("SHELL", info->pw_shell);
@@ -265,7 +267,7 @@ void setup_env (struct passwd *info)

 	if (NULL == cp) {
 		/* not specified, use a minimal default */
-		addenv ("PATH=/bin:/usr/bin", NULL);
+		addenv ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin" : "PATH=/bin:/usr/bin", NULL);
 	} else if (strchr (cp, '=')) {
 		/* specified as name=value (PATH=...) */
 		addenv (cp, NULL);
--- a/libmisc/shell.c
+++ b/libmisc/shell.c
@@ -68,7 +68,8 @@ int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
 	 * don't want to tell us what it is themselves.
 	 */
 	if (arg == (char *) 0) {
-		snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, "-%s", Basename ((char *) file));
+		(void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, "-%s", Basename ((char *) file));
+		arg0[sizeof arg0 - 1] = '\0';
 		arg = arg0;
 	}

@@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
 	 * able to figure out what we are up to without too much
 	 * grief.
 	 */
-	execle (file, arg, (char *) 0, envp);
+	(void) execle (file, arg, (char *) 0, envp);
 	err = errno;

 	if (access (file, R_OK|X_OK) == 0) {
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
 		 * Assume this is a shell script (with no shebang).
 		 * Interpret it with /bin/sh
 		 */
-		execle (SHELL, "sh", "-", file, (char *)0, envp);
+		(void) execle (SHELL, "sh", "-", file, (char *)0, envp);
 		err = errno;
 	}

@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
 	 * how to execute this stupid shell, so I might as well give
 	 * up in disgust ...
 	 */
-	snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, _("Cannot execute %s"), file);
+	(void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, _("Cannot execute %s"), file);
 	errno = err;
 	perror (arg0);
 	return err;
--- a/libmisc/strtoday.c
+++ b/libmisc/strtoday.c
@@ -36,6 +36,8 @@

 #include <config.h>

+#include <ctype.h>
+
 #ident "$Id$"

 #include "defines.h"
@@ -44,6 +46,7 @@
 #ifndef USE_GETDATE
 #define USE_GETDATE 1
 #endif
+
 #if USE_GETDATE
 #include "getdate.h"
 /*
@@ -63,6 +66,8 @@
 long strtoday (const char *str)
 {
 	time_t t;
+	bool isnum = true;
+	const char *s = str;

 	/*
 	 * get_date() interprets an empty string as the current date,
@@ -73,9 +78,32 @@ long strtoday (const char *str)
 		return -1;
 	}

-	t = get_date (str, (time_t *) 0);
+	/* If a numerical value is provided, this is already a number of
+	 * days since EPOCH.
+	 */
+	if ('-' == *s) {
+		s++;
+	}
+	while (' ' == *s) {
+		s++;
+	}
+	while (isnum && ('\0' != *s)) {
+		if (!isdigit (*s)) {
+			isnum = false;
+		}
+		s++;
+	}
+	if (isnum) {
+		long retdate;
+		if (getlong (str, &retdate) == 0) {
+			return -2;
+		}
+		return retdate;
+	}
+
+	t = get_date (str, NULL);
 	if ((time_t) - 1 == t) {
-		return -1;
+		return -2;
 	}
 	/* convert seconds to days since 1970-01-01 */
 	return (long) (t + DAY / 2) / DAY;
@@ -98,7 +126,7 @@ static char *date_formats[] = {
 #else
 /*
 * days and juldays are used to compute the number of days in the
- * current month, and the cummulative number of days in the preceding
+ * current month, and the cumulative number of days in the preceding
 * months.  they are declared so that january is 1, not 0.
 */
 static short days[13] = { 0,
--- a/libmisc/sub.c
+++ b/libmisc/sub.c
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 /*
 * subsystem - change to subsystem root
 *
- *	A subsystem login is indicated by the presense of a "*" as
+ *	A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as
 *	the first character of the login shell.  The given home
 *	directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which
 *	the user is actually logged into.
@@ -66,11 +66,13 @@ void subsystem (const struct passwd *pw)
 	 * must be able to change into it.
 	 */

-	if (chdir (pw->pw_dir) || chroot (pw->pw_dir)) {
-		printf (_("Can't change root directory to '%s'\n"),
-			pw->pw_dir);
+	if (   (chdir (pw->pw_dir) != 0)
+	    || (chroot (pw->pw_dir) != 0)) {
+		(void) printf (_("Can't change root directory to '%s'\n"),
+		               pw->pw_dir);
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, NO_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
 		closelog ();
 		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 }
+
--- a/libmisc/sulog.c
+++ b/libmisc/sulog.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 */
 void sulog (const char *tty, bool success, const char *oldname, const char *name)
 {
-	char *sulog_file;
+	const char *sulog_file;
 	time_t now;
 	struct tm *tm;
 	FILE *fp;
@@ -62,8 +62,10 @@ void sulog (const char *tty, bool success, const char *oldname, const char *name
 			"FAILED su for %s by %s",name,oldname));
 	}

-	if ((sulog_file = getdef_str ("SULOG_FILE")) == (char *) 0)
+	sulog_file = getdef_str ("SULOG_FILE");
+	if (NULL == sulog_file) {
 		return;
+	}

 	oldgid = getgid ();
 	oldmask = umask (077);
--- a/libmisc/ttytype.c
+++ b/libmisc/ttytype.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ void ttytype (const char *line)
 {
 	FILE *fp;
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
-	char *typefile;
+	const char *typefile;
 	char *cp;
-	char type[BUFSIZ];
-	char port[BUFSIZ];
+	char type[1024] = "";
+	char port[1024];

 	if (getenv ("TERM") != NULL) {
 		return;
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ void ttytype (const char *line)
 			*cp = '\0';
 		}

-		if ((sscanf (buf, "%s %s", type, port) == 2) &&
-		    (strcmp (line, port) == 0)) {
+		if (   (sscanf (buf, "%1023s %1023s", type, port) == 2)
+		    && (strcmp (line, port) == 0)) {
 			break;
 		}
 	}
-	if ((feof (fp) == 0) && (ferror (fp) == 0)) {
+	if ((feof (fp) == 0) && (ferror (fp) == 0) && (type[0] != '\0')) {
 		addenv ("TERM", type);
 	}

--- a/libmisc/tz.c
+++ b/libmisc/tz.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Chip Rosenthal
 * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
 * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -49,23 +49,28 @@
 * tz() determines the name of the local timezone by reading the
 * contents of the file named by ``fname''.
 */
-char *tz (const char *fname)
+/*@observer@*/const char *tz (const char *fname)
 {
-	FILE *fp = 0;
+	FILE *fp = NULL;
 	static char tzbuf[BUFSIZ];
 	const char *def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";

-	if ((fp = fopen (fname, "r")) == NULL ||
-	    fgets (tzbuf, (int) sizeof (tzbuf), fp) == NULL) {
-		if (!(def_tz = getdef_str ("ENV_TZ")) || def_tz[0] == '/')
+	fp = fopen (fname, "r");
+	if (   (NULL == fp)
+	    || (fgets (tzbuf, (int) sizeof (tzbuf), fp) == NULL)) {
+		def_tz = getdef_str ("ENV_TZ");
+		if ((NULL == def_tz) || ('/' == def_tz[0])) {
 			def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
+		}

 		strcpy (tzbuf, def_tz);
-	} else
+	} else {
 		tzbuf[strlen (tzbuf) - 1] = '\0';
+	}

-	if (fp)
+	if (NULL != fp) {
 		(void) fclose (fp);
+	}

 	return tzbuf;
 }
--- a/libmisc/user_busy.c
+++ b/libmisc/user_busy.c
@@ -38,12 +38,16 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <dirent.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */

 #ifdef __linux__
-static int check_status (const char *sname, uid_t uid);
-static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid);
+static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid);
+static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid);
 #else				/* !__linux__ */
 static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name);
 #endif				/* !__linux__ */
@@ -58,7 +62,7 @@ int user_busy (const char *name, uid_t uid)
 	 */
 #ifdef __linux__
 	/* On Linux, directly parse /proc */
-	return user_busy_processes (uid);
+	return user_busy_processes (name, uid);
 #else				/* !__linux__ */
 	/* If we cannot rely on /proc, check is there is a record in utmp
 	 * indicating that the user is still logged in */
@@ -91,6 +95,9 @@ static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name)
 			continue;
 		}

+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: user %s is currently logged in\n"),
+		         Prog, name);
 		return 1;
 	}

@@ -99,7 +106,7 @@ static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name)
 #endif				/* !__linux__ */

 #ifdef __linux__
-static int check_status (const char *sname, uid_t uid)
+static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid)
 {
 	/* 40: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/status + \0 */
 	char status[40];
@@ -122,7 +129,13 @@ static int check_status (const char *sname, uid_t uid)
 			            &ruid, &euid, &suid) == 3) {
 				if (   (ruid == (unsigned long) uid)
 				    || (euid == (unsigned long) uid)
-				    || (suid == (unsigned long) uid)) {
+				    || (suid == (unsigned long) uid)
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+				    || have_sub_uids(name, ruid, 1)
+				    || have_sub_uids(name, euid, 1)
+				    || have_sub_uids(name, suid, 1)
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+				   ) {
 					(void) fclose (sfile);
 					return 1;
 				}
@@ -137,7 +150,7 @@ static int check_status (const char *sname, uid_t uid)
 	return 0;
 }

-static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid)
+static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid)
 {
 	DIR *proc;
 	struct dirent *ent;
@@ -150,14 +163,24 @@ static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid)
 	struct stat sbroot;
 	struct stat sbroot_process;

+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+	sub_uid_open (O_RDONLY);
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
 	proc = opendir ("/proc");
 	if (proc == NULL) {
 		perror ("opendir /proc");
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+		sub_uid_close();
+#endif
 		return 0;
 	}
 	if (stat ("/", &sbroot) != 0) {
 		perror ("stat (\"/\")");
 		(void) closedir (proc);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+		sub_uid_close();
+#endif
 		return 0;
 	}

@@ -193,8 +216,14 @@ static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid)
 			continue;
 		}

-		if (check_status (tmp_d_name, uid) != 0) {
+		if (check_status (name, tmp_d_name, uid) != 0) {
 			(void) closedir (proc);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+			sub_uid_close();
+#endif
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
+			         Prog, name, pid);
 			return 1;
 		}

@@ -210,8 +239,14 @@ static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid)
 				if (tid == pid) {
 					continue;
 				}
-				if (check_status (task_path+6, uid) != 0) {
+				if (check_status (name, task_path+6, uid) != 0) {
 					(void) closedir (proc);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+					sub_uid_close();
+#endif
+					fprintf (stderr,
+					         _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
+					         Prog, name, pid);
 					return 1;
 				}
 			}
@@ -222,6 +257,9 @@ static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid)
 	}

 	(void) closedir (proc);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+	sub_uid_close();
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
 	return 0;
 }
 #endif				/* __linux__ */
--- a/libmisc/utmp.c
+++ b/libmisc/utmp.c
@@ -35,13 +35,15 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"

-#include <utmp.h>
-
 #ifdef USE_UTMPX
 #include <utmpx.h>
+#else
+#include <utmp.h>
 #endif

 #include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
 #include <netdb.h>
 #include <stdio.h>

@@ -71,7 +73,7 @@ static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)
 		}
 	}

-	if (NULL == tmptty) {
+	if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
 		(void) puts (_("Unable to determine your tty name."));
 		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	} else if (strncmp (tty, tmptty, sizeof (tmptty)) != 0) {
@@ -86,7 +88,7 @@ static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)
 *                    session
 *
 *	The utmp file is scanned for an entry with the same process ID.
- *	The line enterred by the *getty / telnetd, etc. should also match
+ *	The line entered by the *getty / telnetd, etc. should also match
 *	the current terminal.
 *
 *	When an entry is returned by get_current_utmp, and if the utmp
@@ -95,6 +97,7 @@ static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)
 *
 *	Return NULL if no entries exist in utmp for the current process.
 */
+#ifndef USE_UTMPX
 /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct utmp *get_current_utmp (void)
 {
 	struct utmp *ut;
@@ -128,7 +131,38 @@ static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)

 	return ret;
 }
+#else
+/*@null@*/ /*@only*/struct utmpx *get_current_utmp(void)
+{
+	struct utmpx *ut;
+	struct utmpx *ret = NULL;

+	setutxent ();
+
+	/* Find the utmpx entry for this PID. */
+	while ((ut = getutxent ()) != NULL) {
+		if (   (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
+		    && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
+		    && (   (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
+			|| (USER_PROCESS == ut->ut_type))
+		    && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		ret = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
+		memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
+	}
+
+	endutxent ();
+
+	return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
 /*
 * Some systems already have updwtmp() and possibly updwtmpx().  Others
 * don't, so we re-implement these functions if necessary.
@@ -160,8 +194,10 @@ static void updwtmpx (const char *filename, const struct utmpx *utx)
 }
 #endif				/* ! HAVE_UPDWTMPX */
 #endif				/* ! USE_UTMPX */
+#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */


+#ifndef USE_UTMPX
 /*
 * prepare_utmp - prepare an utmp entry so that it can be logged in a
 *                utmp/wtmp file.
@@ -200,7 +236,6 @@ static void updwtmpx (const char *filename, const struct utmpx *utx)
 		strcpy (hostname, host);
 #ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
 	} else if (   (NULL != ut)
-	           && (NULL != ut->ut_host)
 	           && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
 		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
 		strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
@@ -314,19 +349,22 @@ int setutmp (struct utmp *ut)
 	}
 	endutent ();

+#ifndef USE_PAM
+	/* This is done by pam_lastlog */
 	updwtmp (_WTMP_FILE, ut);
+#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */

 	return err;
 }

-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+#else
 /*
 * prepare_utmpx - the UTMPX version for prepare_utmp
 */
 /*@only@*/struct utmpx *prepare_utmpx (const char *name,
                                       const char *line,
                                       const char *host,
-                                       /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut)
+                                       /*@null@*/const struct utmpx *ut)
 {
 	struct timeval tv;
 	char *hostname = NULL;
@@ -392,7 +430,7 @@ int setutmp (struct utmp *ut)
 				struct sockaddr_in *sa =
 					(struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
 #ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR
-				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr,
+				memcpy (&utxent->ut_addr,
 				        &(sa->sin_addr),
 				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr),
 				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
@@ -447,7 +485,10 @@ int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx)
 	}
 	endutxent ();

+#ifndef USE_PAM
+	/* This is done by pam_lastlog */
 	updwtmpx (_WTMP_FILE "x", utx);
+#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */

 	return err;
 }
--- a/libmisc/valid.c
+++ b/libmisc/valid.c
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 bool valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
 {
 	const char *encrypted;
-	const char *salt;
+	/*@observer@*/const char *salt;

 	/*
 	 * Start with blank or empty password entries.  Always encrypt
@@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ bool valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
 	 */

 	if (   (NULL != ent->pw_name)
+	    && (NULL != encrypted)
 	    && (strcmp (encrypted, ent->pw_passwd) == 0)) {
 		return true;
 	} else {
--- a/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
+++ b/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 		errno = 0;
 		status = REENTRANT_NAME(ARG_NAME, result, buffer,
 		                        length, &resbuf);
-		if ((0 ==status) && (resbuf == result)) {
+		if ((0 == status) && (resbuf == result)) {
 			/* Build a result structure that can be freed by
 			 * the shadow *_free functions. */
 			LOOKUP_TYPE *ret_result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
--- a/libmisc/xmalloc.c
+++ b/libmisc/xmalloc.c
@@ -44,22 +44,25 @@
 #ident "$Id$"

 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"

-char *xmalloc (size_t size)
+/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@out@*//*@notnull@*/char *xmalloc (size_t size)
 {
 	char *ptr;

 	ptr = (char *) malloc (size);
-	if ((NULL == ptr) && (0 != size)) {
-		fprintf (stderr, _("malloc(%d) failed\n"), (int) size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		(void) fprintf (stderr,
+		                _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
+		                Prog, strerror (errno));
 		exit (13);
 	}
 	return ptr;
 }

-char *xstrdup (const char *str)
+/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@notnull@*/char *xstrdup (const char *str)
 {
 	return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (str) + 1), str);
 }
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More